You are on page 1of 170

Service

Maintenance
Touareg 2003 ➤
Edition 03.2018 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
Maintenance

Heading
1. Engine list
AG. Volkswagen AG d
2. Service work lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
3. General information ised b ara
nte
or eo
4. Descriptions of work:
h
aut ra
ss c
5. Exhaust emissions test

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
6. Glossary
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2018 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg K0058961120


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Contents
1 Engine list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Service work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 Information on long-life service and time or distance dependent service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Service tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.1 Raising vehicle with lifting platform or trolley jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.2 Stickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.3 Connecting vehicle diagnostic tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.4 Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.5 Vehicle data sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.6 Countries where diesel has a high sulphur content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.7 Engine code and engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.8 RME fuel (biodiesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.9 Severe operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.10 Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.11 Jacking up mode: switching self-levelling suspension off and on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4 Descriptions of work: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.1 Removable towing bracket:Vochecking and cleaning if necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
AG. lkswagen AG d
4.2 Turbocharger: Lubricate ksw agen control motor linkage
oes
not . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Vol
4.3 Swivel joints d b and suspension link mountings: inspecting
y gu
ara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ise nte
4.4 Additive th ortank: extracting fluid and filling new additive e or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
au
4.5 Diesel
ss particulate filter: reading ash loading level . . . .
ac
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ce

4.6 Automatic gearbox: check ATF level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38


e
nl

pt
du

an

4.7 Battery cut-off relay: Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38


itte

y li
erm

4.8 Battery: checking battery terminal clamps for secure seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40


ab
ility
ot p

4.9 Battery: Checking using battery tester with printer VAS 5097A or VAS 6161 . . . . . . . . . . 47
wit
, is n

4.10 Reducing agent (AdBlue®): replenishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47


h re
hole

4.11 Reducing agent (AdBlue®): changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56


spec
es, in part or in w

4.12 Tyres: checking condition, wear pattern, tyre pressure and tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
t to the co

4.13 Storing tyre pressure values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60


4.14 Brakes, front and rear: checking thickness of brake pads and condition of brake discs . . 61
rrectness of i

4.15 Brake system and shock absorbers: inspecting for leaks and damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.16 Changing brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
l purpos

4.17 Brake fluid level (dependent upon brake pad/lining wear): check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.18 Diesel particulate filter: renewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
nf
ercia

4.19 Electric windows: checking positioning (open and close functions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69


rm
m

atio

4.20 Vehicles with reversing camera system: Check number plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70


om

n in

4.21 Vehicle system test: Carry out test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70


or c

thi
e

4.22 Front airbag for the front passenger: Check activation / deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
t

sd
iva

4.23 Bonnet catch hook: grease. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72


r
rp

cu
o

m
f

4.24 Multi-purpose additive for petrol fuel: adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72


en
ng

t.
yi Co
4.25 Gearbox, final drive (especially on flanges) and drive shaft bellows: inspect for leaks and
t. Cop py
damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
rig
gh ht
pyri by
4.26 Dust and pollen filter: cleaning housing and renewing filter element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
4.27 Poly V-belt: checking condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Prote AG.

4.28 Diesel fuel filter: draining water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74


4.29 Diesel fuel filter: renewing (diesel engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.30 Interior and exterior body: inspecting for corrosion with doors and flaps open . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.31 Compass in roof module: Set compass zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.32 Cooling system: checking frost protection and coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.33 Air filter: cleaning housing and renewing filter element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.34 Engine oil level: checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.35 Engine oil: draining or extracting, renewing oil filter and replenishing engine oil . . . . . . . . 101

Contents i
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.36 Engine cover panel -top-: Removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109


4.37 Engine cover - bottom (noise insulation): removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
4.38 Engine and components in engine compartment: inspecting for leaks and damage (from
above and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
4.39 Tyre repair set: checking if bottle is damaged or used; checking shelf life of tyre sealant
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.40 Road test: performing (driving behaviour, noises, air conditioner etc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.41 Wheel securing bolts: tightening to specified torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.42 Radio code: reading using vehicle diagnostic tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
4.43 Radio/navigation system: Activating anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
4.44 Power assisted steering: check fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
4.45 Headlight adjustment: Checking and adjusting as necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
4.46 Sunroof: checking function, cleaning and greasing guide rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.47 Sliding sunroof drains: checking for blockage, cleaning if necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.48 Window wash/wipe system and headlight washer system: Checking operation and checking
for damage, if necessary replenishing fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.49 Wiper blade protection: removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
4.50 Service interval display: resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.51 Service interval display: recoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.52 Track rod ends: checking clearance, firm seating and boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
4.53 Transportation mode: switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.54 Greasing door arrester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
4.55 Elastic drive coupling and freewheel disc: Renew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
4.56 Underbody: inspecting for damage to underbody sealant, underbody panels, routing of lines,
plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.57 Setting time, language and units: On display of dash panel insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.58 Transfer box and front and rear final drive: Checking oil level,gereplenishing n AG. Volkswageifnnecessary
AG do . . 142
wa e
4.59 Toothed belt for camshaft drive: renewing (8-cylinder ypetrol Vo lks engines) . . . . . . . . . s. n.o.t g.u. . . 142
b a
4.60 Spark plugs: renewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.is.ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.an.te 142
o eo
4.61 Static cornering light (cornering light) and driving au light assist: check function. . . . . . . . . . . 151
th
ra
ss c
5 Exhaust emissions test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

ce
e
nl

pt
du

5.1 Exhaust emissions test for petrol engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

an
itte

y li
5.2 Exhaust emissions test for diesel engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
erm

ab
ility
5.3 Exhaust emissions test for diesel engines with OBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
ot p

wit
, is n

6 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

ii Contents
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

1 Engine list
(VIGG001138; Edition 03.2018)
This chapter provides information on the following subjects:
♦ Petrol engines ⇒ page 1
♦ Diesel engines ⇒ page 3

Note

To ease the search for an engine, the engine codes are listed in
alphabetical order.

Petrol engines
Engines ⇒ Petrol engine Petrol engine Petrol engine
Displacement I 4.2 3.2 3.2
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Engine code lksw
agen
AXQ oes
n AZZ BAA
o ot g
yV ua
No. of cylinders/valves per icylinder
ed
b
8/5 ran6/4 6/4
ors tee
Power au kW at rpm
th
228/6200 162/5400or
ac 162/6000
ss
Torque Nm at rpm 410/3000 305/3200 300/4000

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Bore ∅ mm 84.5 84.0 84.0

an
itte

y li
erm

Stroke mm 93 95.9 95.9

ab
ility
ot p

Compression ratio 11 11.25 11.25

wit
, is n

h re
Injection/ignition Motronic ME 7.1.1 Motronic ME 7.1.1 Motronic ME 7.1.1
hole

spec
manifold inj. manifold inj. manifold inj.
es, in part or in w

RON min. 98 unleaded 1) 95 unleaded 95 unleaded


t to the co
Leakage diagnosis system (e.g. No No Yes
USA vehicles)
rrectness of i

Onboard diagnosis (OBD) Yes Yes Yes


l purpos

Camshaft drive Toothed belt Chain Chain


1) Under exceptional circumstances super unleaded, at least 95 RON, but with
nform
ercia

reduced output.
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

Engines ⇒ Petrol engine Petrol engine Petrol engine


do
priv

cum
or

Displacement I 4.2 3.6 3.6


f

en
ng

t.
yi
Engine code BAR BHK BHL
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
No. of cylinders/valves per cylinder 8/4 6/4 6/4
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Power kW at rpm 257/6500 cted 206/6200 206/6200
agen
Prote AG.
Torque Nm at rpm 440/3500 360/2800 360/2800
Bore ∅ mm 84.5 89.0 89.0
Stroke mm 92.8 96.35 96.35
Compression ratio 11.5 12.0 12.0
Injection/ignition Motronic MED 9.1.1 Motronic MED 9.1 Bosch Motronic MED
FSI FSI 9.1
FSI
RON min. 98 unleaded 1) 98 unleaded 1) 98 unleaded 1)
Leakage diagnosis system (e.g. USA Yes No Yes
vehicles)
Onboard diagnosis (OBD) Yes Yes Yes

1. Engine list 1
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Engines d byV ⇒ Petrol engine gu Petrol engine
ara Petrol engine
ise nte
Displacement ut
hor
I 4.2 e o 3.6 3.6
a ra
Engine code ss BAR BHK
c
BHL

ce
e
nl

pt
Camshaft drive Chain Chain Chain
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1) Under exceptional circumstances super unleaded, at least 95 RON, but with

ility
ot p

reduced output.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Engines ⇒ Petrol engine Petrol engine Petrol engine

t to the co
Displacement I 6,0 3.2 3.2
Engine code BJN BKJ BMV

rrectness of i
No. of cylinders/valves per cylinder 12/4 6/4 6/4
l purpos

Power kW at rpm 331/6200 162/5400 177/6000


Torque Nm at rpm 600/3500 305/3200 300/4000

nf
ercia

orm
Bore ∅ mm 84.0 84.0 84.0
m

atio
m

Stroke mm 90.2 95.9 95.9


o

n in
or c

thi
Compression ratio 10.75 10.85 11.25
te

sd
iva

o
Injection/ignition Motronic ME 7.1.1 Motronic ME 7.1.1 Motronic ME 7.1.1
r
rp

cu
o

m
manifold inj. manifold inj. manifold inj.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
RON min. 98 unleaded 1) ht. Cop
95 unleaded
py
rig 95 unleaded
rig ht
Leakage diagnosis system (e.g. USA No No No
py by
co Vo
vehicles)
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Onboard diagnosis (OBD) No No Yes
Camshaft drive Chain Chain Chain
1) Under exceptional circumstances super unleaded, at least 95 RON, but with
reduced output.

Engines ⇒ Petrol engine Petrol engine


Displacement I 3.2 3.2
Engine code BRJ BMX
No. of cylinders/valves per cylinder 6/4 6/4
Power kW at rpm 177/6000 177/6000
Torque Nm at rpm 310/3200 305/3200
Bore ∅ mm 84.0 84.0
Stroke mm 95.9 95.9
Compression ratio 11.25 10.85
Injection/ignition Motronic ME 7.1.1 Motronic ME 7.1.1
manifold inj. manifold inj.
RON min. 95 unleaded 95 unleaded
Leakage diagnosis system (e.g. USA vehicles) No Yes
Onboard diagnosis (OBD) Yes Yes
Camshaft drive Chain Chain

2 1. Engine list
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Diesel engines
Engines ⇒ Diesel engine Dieselgeengine
AG. VolkswageDiesel
n AG d engine Diesel engine
a n oes
ksw
Displacement I 4.9 by
Vol
2.5 3.0 gua
not
4.9
ed ran
Engine code AYH ho ris BAC BKS tee BKW
t or
au ac
No. of cylinders/valves per cyl‐ 10/2
ss 5/2 6/4 10/2
inder

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Power kW at rpm 230/3750 128/3500 165/4000 230/3750

itte

y li
erm

ab
Torque Nm at rpm 750/2000 400/2000 to 2300 450/1400 to 3250 750/2000

ility
ot p
Bore ∅ mm 81.0 81.0 83.0 81.0

wit
, is n

h re
Stroke mm 95.5 95.5 91.4 95.5
hole

spec
Compression ratio 18.5 18.5 17.0 18.5
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Injection/ignition TDI TDI TDI TDI
unit injector unit injector common rail unit injector

rrectness of i
Diesel particulate filter (DPF) No No Yes No
Additive system No No No No
l purpos

Leakage diagnosis system No No No No


(e.g. USA vehicles)

nf
ercia

or
Onboard diagnosis (OBD) Yes Yes Yes Yes

m
m

atio
m

Camshaft drive Gear wheel Gear wheel Chain Gear wheel


o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
Engines ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Displacement I 4,9 2.5
t. Cop
2.5 py
rig 2.5
gh
Engine code BLE BPD BPE BLK
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
No. of cylinders/valves per cyl‐ 10/2 cted
5/2 5/2 5/2
agen
Prote AG.
inder
Power kW at rpm 230/3750 120/3500 128/3500 120/3500
Torque Nm at rpm 750/2000 400/2000 400/2000 400/2000 to
2300
Bore ∅ mm 81.0 81.0 81.0 81.0
Stroke mm 95.5 95.5 95.5 95.5
Compression ratio 18.5 19.5 19.5 18.5
Injection/ignition TDI TDI TDI TDI
unit injector unit injector unit injector unit injector
Diesel particulate filter (DPF) Yes Yes Yes No
Additive system Yes No No No
Leakage diagnosis system No No No No
(e.g. USA vehicles)
Onboard diagnosis (OBD) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Camshaft drive Gear wheel Gear wheel Gear wheel Gear wheel

Engines ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine


Displacement I 4.9 3.0 3.0 3.0
Engine code BWF BUN CASA CASB
No. of cylinders/valves per cyl‐ 10/2 6/4 6/4 6/4
inder
Power kW at rpm 230/3750 155/4000 176/4000 155/3500 to
4750

1. Engine list 3
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Touareg 2003 ➤ olks
wa not
yV gu
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
ise
d b ara
nte
r
ho eo
aut ra
Engines ⇒ss Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine
c Diesel engine

ce
le
un
Displacement I 4.9 3.0 3.0 3.0

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Engine code BWF BUN CASA CASB

rm

ab
pe

ility
Torque ot Nm at 750/2000 500/1400 550/2000 to 2250 550/2000 to

wit
rpm 2250
, is n

h re
hole

Bore ∅ mm 81.0 83.0 83.0 83.0

spec
es, in part or in w

Stroke mm 95.5 91.4 91.4 91.4

t to the co
Compression ratio 18.5 17.0 17.0 17.0
Injection/ignition TDI TDI TDI TDI

rrectness of i
unit injector common rail common rail common rail
l purpos

Diesel particulate filter (DPF) Yes Yes yes/no1 Yes


Additive system No No No No

nform
ercia

Leakage diagnosis system No No No No


(e.g. USA vehicles)
m

a
com

tio
Onboard diagnosis Yes Yes Yes Yes

n in
r
te o

thi
Camshaft drive Gear wheel Chain Chain Chain

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Engines ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Displacement I 3.0 3.0 4.9
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Engine code Prote CASC AG.
CATA CBWA
No. of cylinders/valves per cylinder 6/4 6/4 10/2
Power kW at rpm 176/4000 to 4400 165/4500 258/3500
Torque Nm at rpm 500/1500 to 3000 550/2000 850/2000
Bore ∅ mm 83.0 83 81.0
Stroke mm 91.4 91.4 95.5
Compression ratio 17.0 16.4 18.5
Injection/ignition TDI TDI TDI
common rail common rail unit injector
with and without Blue‐
TDI
Diesel particulate filter (DPF) Yes Yes Yes
Additive system No No Yes
Leakage diagnosis system (e.g. USA No No No
vehicles)
Onboard diagnosis Yes Yes Yes
Camshaft drive Chain Chain Gear wheel
1Vehicles with diesel particulate filter (fitted at the factory) can be
identified by PR No. 7GG, 7MB, 7MG or 7GA on the vehicle data
sticker.

4 1. Engine list
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

2 Service work
This chapter provides information on the following subjects:
Information on long-life service and time or distance dependent
service ⇒ page 5
Service tables ⇒ page 7

2.1 Information on long-life service and time


or distance dependent service
Service identification ⇒ page 5
LongLife service ⇒ page 5
Time or distance dependent Aservice ⇒ page 5
G. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
olks ⇒ page 6
Service interval display ot g
yV b ua
ed ran
ris
2.1.1 au
thService identification
o tee
or
ac
ss
– Check vehicle data sticker ⇒ page 22 to determine whether

ce
le
un

the vehicle is equipped with PR number “QG0”, “QG1” or

pt
an
d
itte

“QG2”. The PR number is decisive for the service intervals

y li
erm

ab
⇒ page 7 .

ility
ot p

Vehicle IDs with the following PR number


wit
is n

h re
ole,

“QG1” indicates LongLife service


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

“QG0” or “QG2” indicates time or distance dependent service


t to the co

2.1.2 LongLife service


rrectne

Vehicles with PR number “QG1”


The LongLife service enables long service intervals, depending
ss

on individual driving style and the conditions under which the ve‐
o
cial p

hicle is used.
inform
mer

atio
om

Note
n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

For the LongLife service a special LongLife engine oil is required


iv

o
pr

⇒ page 7
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Vehicles with PR number “QG1” are fitted at the factory with active
C py
t. rig
LongLife service. This means that these vehicles have a flexible
gh ht
pyri by
service interval display and are fitted with the following compo‐
co Vo
by lksw
cted
nents:
agen
Prote AG.

♦ Flexible service interval display in dash panel insert


♦ Engine oil level sensor
♦ Brake pad wear indicator (if fitted)
For vehicles with LongLife service the service interval is deter‐
mined by the control unit and is indicated on service interval
display (SID) ⇒ page 6 .
Therefore the service intervals for LongLife service are flexible.
These flexible service intervals apply to all types of service in‐
cluding an engine oil change.

2.1.3 Time or distance dependent service


For vehicles with time or distance dependent service with PR
number “QG0/QG2” the non-flexible service intervals are set by
Volkswagen according to predetermined mileage or time values.

2. Service work 5
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

For normal operating conditions achieving these service intervals


is technically assured.
Therefore the service intervals for time or distance dependent
service are non-flexible.
For vehicles
♦ Which were delivered without extended servicing intervals
(ESI) (PR number “QG0” = without ESI, PR number “QG2” =
ESI cannot be activated)
♦ or for which the extended servicing interval (ESI) was stopped
♦ When no LongLife engine oil was used
the time or distance dependent service applies.
These non-flexible service intervals apply to all types of service
including an engine oil change.
Vehicles with PR number “QG0”
Vehicles are “not” factory-fitted with components for LongLife
service. For maintenance the time or distance dependent inter‐
vals (non-flexible intervals) apply.
Vehicles with PR number “QG2”
For these vehicles the LongLife service is not factory-activated.
Therefore, these vehicles have a non-flexible service interval dis‐
play (SID) ⇒ page 6 and for maintenance the time or distance
dependent intervals (non-flexible intervals) apply. These vehicles wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
are fitted with the following components: yV
olks ot g
ua
d b ran
e
♦ Non-flexible service interval display in dash panel insert horis tee
t or
au ac
♦ Engine oil level sensor ss

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Brake pad wear indicator (if fitted)

an
d
itte

y li
Vehicles with PR number “QG3”
erm

ab
ility
ot p

For these vehicles the LongLife service is not factory-activated.

wit
is n

Therefore, these vehicles have a non-flexible service interval dis‐

h re
ole,

play (SID) ⇒ page 6 and for maintenance the time or distance

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

dependent intervals (non-flexible intervals) apply. These vehicles

t to the co
are fitted with the following components:
♦ Non-flexible service interval display in dash panel insert

rrectne
♦ Brake pad wear indicator (if fitted)

2.1.4 Service interval display ss o


cial p

f i

Introduction of extended servicing intervals (ESI) ⇒ page 6


nform
mer

Flexible service interval display (only vehicles with LongLife serv‐


atio
m

ice, PR number QG1) ⇒ page 6


o

n
c

i
or

n thi

Non-flexible service interval display (only vehicles with time or


te

sd
a

distance dependent service, PR number “QG0/QG2)”


iv

o
pr

⇒ page 7
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Service interval display: resetting ⇒ page 135
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Service interval display: recoding ⇒ page 136 rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Introduction of extended servicing intervals (ESI)


Ask your importer if the extended servicing interval (ESI) is avail‐
able for your country.

6 2. Service work
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Flexible service interval display (only vehicles with LongLife serv‐


ice, PR number QG1)
Calculation of service intervals:
♦ To calculate the service intervals for vehicles with LongLife
service, input values such as distance driven, fuel consump‐. Volkswage
gen AG
tion, oil temperature and load of diesel particulate kfilter
swa are
n AG d
oes
l not
evaluated. by Vo gu
a d ran
ise
♦ The result of the evaluation is a value forut
hothe deterioration of
r tee
or
the oil due to thermal loading. ss
a ac

ce
e
♦ The oil deterioration is the deciding factor concerning the dis‐

nl

pt
du

an
tance that can still be driven to the next service.
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Note
, is n

h re
hole

spec
For vehicles with long-life service (PR number QG1) but which
es, in part or in w

are serviced according to time or distance dependent service, the

t to the co
service interval display must be recoded to “non-flexible”
⇒ page 136 .

rrectness of i
Non-flexible service interval display (only vehicles with time or
l purpos

distance dependent service, PR number “QG0/QG2)”


Calculation of service intervals:

nform
ercia

♦ To calculate the service interval for vehicles with time or dis‐


m

at
tance dependent service the non-flexible service intervals are
om

io
set by Volkswagen according to predetermined mileage or

n
c

in t
or

time values.

his
ate

do
riv

♦ For normal operating conditions achieving these service in‐


p

cum
or

tervals is technically assured.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
2.2 Service tables C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
The following chapter contains the familiar service tables with the
co Vo
by lksw
cted
service specifications of the Volkswagen brand. Since, in the past,
agen
Prote AG.
individual service specifications were set up in various markets,
mostly through severe operating conditions, these are listed in
service tables with specific deviations.
Service tables ⇒ page 7
Service tables with market-specific deviations ⇒ page 13

Note

♦ For combined kilometre and time display applies: whichever


occurs first.
♦ Depending on conditions under which the vehicle is used
⇒ page 24 and vehicle equipment, extra service work must
be performed in addition to the interval service, inspection
service or interval service inspection.
♦ It is also possible, to perform additional work outside the serv‐
ice intervals with regard to the entries in the service schedule
(or sticker: your next service).

2.2.1 Service tables


Service intervals ⇒ page 8
VW engine oil standards ⇒ page 9
Filter change intervals ⇒ page 10

2. Service work 7
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Toothed belt change intervals ⇒ page 11


Spark plug change intervals ⇒ page 11
Other additional work based on time and distance ⇒ page 12
Service intervals

Caution

Applies only to diesel engines


• In some countries, diesel has a higher sulphur content.
• The high sulphur content leads to excessive wear of cyl‐
inders and it considerably reduces the cleanliness of pis‐
tons.
♦ Therefore change engine oil every 7,500 km in countries
where the diesel has a high sulphur content.
♦ Countries where diesel has a high sulphur content.
⇒ page 23

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
Note yV
olk ot g
ua
d b ran
ir se tee
o
♦ For extremely uneconomical
auth driving style or use under ex‐ or
ac
treme conditionsss⇒ page 24 , the shortest interval for an oil
change service is “7,500 km or 1 year”.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

♦ However, other intervals apply for other countries. Your im‐


y li
erm

ab

porter will inform you about this.


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

TOUAREG
hole

spec

SERVICE INTERVALS ►2007


es, in part or in w

t to the co

from-to Engine/Engine code/ Service/intervals Indicated on


PR No./Remarks service interval display SID
(includes oil change)
rrectness of i

Since intro‐ Diesel in countries where sulphur Oil change service YES
l purpos

duction content in fuel is high every 7,500 km or 1 year


⇒ page 23
Since intro‐ Petrol and diesel with QG0/QG2/ Oil change service YES
nform
ercia

duction QG3 every 15,000 km or 1 year


m

or QG1 vehicles coded to non-


at
om

io

flexible interval
n
c

in t
or

►2004 Petrol and diesel: Oil change service YES


his
ate

QG1 vehicles flexible from 15,000 km to


do
priv

max. 30,000 km or 2 years


um
for

en
ng

t.
►2004 Petrol and diesel: Inspection service YES
yi Co
op py
all vehicles every 60,000 km or 4 years t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
2005►2007 Petrol and diesel with QG0/QG2/ Interval service YES
cop Vo
by lksw
QG3 every 30,000 km or 2 years cted agen
Prote AG.
or QG1 vehicles coded to non-
flexible interval
2005►2007 Petrol and diesel: Interval service YES
QG1 vehicles flexible from 15,000 km to
max. 30,000 km or 2 years
2005►2007 Petrol and diesel: Interval service inspection YES
all vehicles every 60,000 km or 4 years

8 2. Service work
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

TOUAREG
SERVICE INTERVALS 2008►
from-to Engine/Engine code/ Service/intervals Indicated on
PR No./Remarks service interval display SID
(includes oil change)
Since in‐ Diesel in countries where sul‐ Oil change service YES
troduc‐ phur content in fuel is high every 7,500 km or 1 year
tion ⇒ page 23
2008► Petrol and diesel: Oil change service YES
QG0/QG2 or QG1 vehicles every 15,000 km or 1 year
coded to non-flexible interval Interval service: YES
every 30,000 km or 2 years
Petrol and diesel: Interval service: YES
QG1 vehicles flexible according to SID from
15,000 km or 1 year up to max.
30,000 km or 2 years
Petrol and diesel: Inspection: NO
all vehicles after 3 years/max. 60,000 km,
then every 2 years/60,000 km

VW engine oil standards

Caution

Only engine oils approved by VW may be used; for up-to-date


information see ⇒ ServiceNet, Technical information, Inspec‐
tion and maintenance, Approved oils , or ask your importer.

G. Volkswagen AG d
TOUAREG lksw
agen
A
oes
not
Vo gu
VW ENGINE
se
d OIL
by STANDARDS ara
nte
i
or eo
PETROL ENGINES au
th ra
ss c
With LongLife service (QG1) Without LongLife service (QG0, QG2, QG3)
ce
le
un

pt

VR6, V8 engines without FSI 504 001 alternative VR6, V8 engines without FSI ►2007 501 01/502
an
d
itte

y li
2 00
rm

503 00
ab
pe

ility

VR6, V8 engines without FSI 2008► 502 00


ot

wit
, is n

VR6 FSI, W12-cylinder 504 001 alternative VR6 FSI, W12 engines ►2007 502 00/505
h re

01
hole

503 01
spec
es, in part or in w

VR6 FSI, W12 engines 2008► 502 00


t to the co

V8 FSI engine 504 001 alternative V8 FSI engine 502 00


503 01
rrectness of i

DIESEL ENGINES
l purpos

V10 engines 506 013 V10 engines 506 013


with and without diesel particu‐ with and without diesel particulate fil‐
late filter ter
nform
ercia

►2006 ►2006
m

R5 with engine codes BPD and 507 001 R5 with engine codes BPD and BPE 507 001
com

tion in

BPE with diesel particulate filter


r
te o

with diesel particulate filter ►2006


thi
s
iva

►2006
do
r
rp

cum

R5 engines without diesel par‐ 506 013 R5 engines without diesel particulate 506 013
fo

en
ng

ticulate filter4 filter4


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
V10 engines without diesel par‐ 507 001 alternative V10 engines without diesel particulate 507 001 al‐
rig
gh ht
yri by
ticulate filter4 filter4 ternative
p
506 01
co Vo
by lksw
2007► 2007►
cted agen
Prote AG.
506 01

2. Service work 9
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

TOUAREG
VW ENGINE OIL STANDARDS
R5, V10 engines with diesel par‐ 507 001 R5, V10 engines with diesel particu‐ 507 001
ticulate filter4 late filter4
2007► 2007►
V6 with diesel particulate filter 507 001 V6 with diesel particulate filter 507 001
V6 without diesel particulate fil‐ 507 001 V6 without diesel particulate filter 505 01
ter agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
1) Combination product: 504 00/507 00 d by ara
rise nte
tho eo
2) Combination product: 503 00/506 00 au ra
ss c

ce
le

3) Combination product: 503 00/506 00/506 01


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
4) Vehicles with diesel particulate filter (fitted at the factory) can be identified by
erm

ab
PR No. 7GG, 7MB, 7MG or 7GA on the vehicle data sticker.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Filter change intervals

t to the co
TOUAREG
FILTER CHANGE INTERVALS

rrectne
Description of work
ENGINE OIL FILTER: 1) 2) ⇒ page 101

ss o
cial p

f
Vehicles with LongLife service According to flexible service interval display

inform
“QG1”
mer

atio
All other vehicles Every 15,000 km or 1 year
om

n
c

AIR FILTER: ⇒ page 89

i
or

n thi
te

All engines except V6 TDI ►2006 Every 120,000 km or 4 years

sd
iva

o
pr

c
2007► Every 120,000 km or 6 years
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
Only V6 TDI ►2006 Every 90,000 km or 4 years
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
2007►
pyri
gh Every 90,000 km or 6 years
by
Vo
ht
o
DIESEL FUEL FILTER: 2) ⇒ page 75
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Diesel conforming to Diesel not conforming Biodiesel (RME) 3)
EN 590 to EN 590
Only R5 TDI ►2009 Every 120,000 km Every 60,000 km Every 30,000 km
Only R5 TDI 2010 ► Every 90,000 km Every 60,000 km Every 30,000 km
Only V10 TDI Every 60,000 km Every 30,000 km Every 30,000 km
Only V6 TDI Every 60,000 km Every 30,000 km Every 30,000 km
All unit injector diesel engines Draining water is deleted.
All common rail diesel engines Drain water every Drain water every
30,000 km 15,000 km
DUST AND POLLEN FILTER: ⇒ page 73
All engine types Every 60,000 km or 2 years
1)A new engine oil filter must be installed at every engine oil
change.
2)Only applies to diesel engines: in some countries, diesel has a
high sulphur content. The high sulphur content leads to excessive
wear of cylinders and it considerably reduces the cleanliness of
pistons. Therefore change engine oil every 7,500 km in countries
where the diesel has a high sulphur content. Countries where
diesel has a high sulphur content. ⇒ page 23

10 2. Service work
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

1)For vehicles with diesel particulate filter biodiesel must not be


used.

Toothed belt change intervals


• If the engine is fitted with toothed belt or timing chain can be
found in the engine list. . Volkswag n AG en AG
wage does
Volks not
gu
by ara
Note oris
ed nte
th eo
au ra
c
The camshaft drive with timing chain is maintenance-free!
s s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
TOUAREG
erm

ab
ility
TOOTHED BELT CHANGE INTERVALS
ot p

wit
is n

PETROL ENGINES

h re
ole,

spec
Engine type Engine code Model year Change interval Tensioning roller
urposes, in part or in wh

4.2 l AXQ Since introduction Every 120,000 km 120,000 km

t to the co
rrectne
Spark plug change intervals
• Spark plug designation and specified torque ⇒ Power unit;

ss o
Rep. gr. 28 ; Ignition system; Test data, spark plugs → Ignition
cial p

f in
system; Test data, spark plugs

form
mer

atio
om

n
Note
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
va

For technical reasons it is possible that several cross references


i

o
pr

cum
are not directed to the correct chapter. In this case select the pro‐
r
fo

en
ng

cedure manually in the information.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
TOUAREG py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Spark plug change intervals
agen
Prote AG.

Engine type Engine code Change intervals Description of


work
W12 BJN EVERY 60,000 km ⇒ page 142
V6 indirect inj. AZZ, BAA, BKJ, BMV, • Mileage more than 60,000 km in 4 years
BRJ, BMX
EVERY 4 years
• Mileage less than 60,000 km in 4 years

V8 AXQ, BAR EVERY 90,000 km


V6 FSI and TFSI BHK, BHL • Mileage more than 90,000 km in 6 years

EVERY 6 years
• Mileage less than 90,000 km in 6 years

2. Service work 11
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Other additional work based on time or distance


Additional work based on time and distance Interval Description of
work
– Diesel particulate filter: Read ash loading level At 90,000 km, ⇒ page 38
then every
• Only valid for V10 TDI with diesel particulate filter and additive sys‐ 30,000 km
tem
• When the ash mass limit is reached, renew diesel particulate filter.

– Fuel additive tank: Extract residual fluid and replenish with new ad‐ Every 90,000 km ⇒ page 32
ditive fluid

• Only valid for V10 TDI with diesel particulate filter and additive
agen
AG. Vsys‐
olkswagen AG
does
tem Volksw not
g y ua
db ran
• Only valid for vehicles driving more than 90,000
or
ise km in 4 years tee
th or
au ac
– Elastic drive coupling and air ss
conditioner compressor drive free‐ Every 150,000 ⇒ page 139

ce
le

wheel. Renew km
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
• Only valid for R5 TDI, engine codes BAC and BLK
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
– Elastic drive coupling and alternator drive freewheel. Renew Every 150,000 ⇒ page 139
, is n

h re
km
hole

spec
• Only valid for R5 TDI, engine codes BAC and BLK
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Diesel particulate filter: Read ash loading level Every 150,000 ⇒ page 38
km,
• Only valid for R5 TDI with diesel particulate filter without additive then every

rrectness of i
system and 3.0 l TDI 30,000 km
l purpos

• When the ash mass limit is reached, renew diesel particulate filter.

nform
– Elastic drive coupling and air conditioner compressor drive free‐ Every 180,000 ⇒ page 139
ercia

wheel. Renew km
m

a
com

tio
• Only valid for R5 TDI, engine codes BPD and BPE
n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Elastic drive coupling and alternator drive freewheel. Renew Every 180,000 ⇒ page 139
do
r
rp

km
um
fo

• Only valid for R5 TDI, engine codes BPD and BPE


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Diesel particulate filter: read ash load yri
gh Every 180,000
by ⇒ page 38
ht
km
op Vo
by c lksw
• Only valid for V10 TDI with diesel particulate filter without additive cted agen
Prote AG.
system

– Exhaust emissions test (EET): Perform Every 12 months ⇒ page 153

• For vehicles with commercial passenger transport, e.g. taxis


• Applies only to Germany

– Brake and clutch system: changing brake fluid Every 2 years ⇒ page 64

• Only applies to vehicles ►2007

– Exhaust emissions test (EET): Perform 3 years after ini‐ ⇒ page 153
tial registration,
then every 2
years
– Brake and clutch system: changing brake fluid 3 years after ini‐ ⇒ page 64
tial registration,
• Only applies to vehicles 2008► then every 2
years

12 2. Service work
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Additional work based on time and distance Interval Description of


work
– Fuel additive tank: Extract residual fluid and replenish with new ad‐ Every 4 years ⇒ page 32
ditive fluid

• Only valid for V10 TDI with diesel particulate filter and additive sys‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
tem lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
• Only valid for vehicles driving
ris
edless than 90,000 km in 4 years
b ran
tee
ho
ut or
– Reducing agent tank: schange
sa fluid Every ac
4 years ⇒ page 56

ce
le
un

pt
• Only valid for V6 Blue TDI

an
d
itte

y li
rm

• Only valid when no reducing agent has been replenished for 4 years

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
2.2.2 Service tables with market-specific de‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
viations

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

This chapter only provides information on market-specific devia‐

nform
tions. This means that all maintenance points that are not shown
ercia

here are to be found in the normal service tables.


m

a
com

tion in
Indian market
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
Interval Description of
r
rp

cum work
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Interval service (QG0/QG2/QG3)2) Every 15,000 km → Mainte‐
Co
op py
or 1 year1) nance tables
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Inspection service Every 30,000 km → Mainte‐
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
or 2 years1) nance tables
– Multi-purpose additive for petrol fuel: adding At every service ⇒ page 72
– Dust and pollen filter (cabin filter): renew. Every 15,000 km ⇒ page 73
or 1 year1)
– Air filter element: renew and clean housing. Every 15,000 km ⇒ page 89
or 1 year1)
– Diesel fuel filter: renew. Every 15,000 km ⇒ page 75
– Spark plugs: renewing Every 30,000 km ⇒ page 142
or 2 years1)
– Spark plugs: renewing Every 60,000 km ⇒ page 142
or 4 years1)
• Only valid for V6 FSI and TFSI

1) Whichever occurs first.


2) Oil change service has been omitted in the Indian market. The
interval service is carried out as a substitute. Changing the engine
oil is an integral part of the interval service.

2. Service work 13
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Russian market from model yearb2010 yV
o gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ut
ho eo
ra Interval Description of
ss a c work

ce
le
Interval service (QG0/QG2/QG3)2) un Every 15,000 km → Mainte‐

pt
an
d
or 1 year1) nance tables
itte

(appears on service interval display)

y li
erm

ab
Inspection service Every 30,000 km → Mainte‐

ility
ot p

(does not appears on service interval display) or 2 years1) nance tables

wit
is n

h re
– Multi-purpose additive for petrol fuel: adding At every service ⇒ page 72
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Dust and pollen filter (cabin filter): renew. Every 15,000 km ⇒ page 73

t to the co
or 1 year1)
– Spark plugs: renewing Every 30,000 km ⇒ page 142
or 2 years1)

rrectne
– Diesel fuel filter: renew. Every 30,000 km ⇒ page 75

s
– Air filter element: check; renew as needed and clean housing. Every 30,000 km ⇒ page 89

s o
cial p

f
or 2 years1)

inform
mer

1) Whichever occurs first.

atio
om

n
c

2)Oil change service has been omitted in the Russian market.

i
or

n thi
e

The interval service is carried out as a substitute. Changing the


t

sd
va

engine oil is an integral part of the interval service.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
North American market ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen
Interval Description of
work
Sliding sunroof drains: checking
– for blockage, cleaning if necessary Every 60,000 km ⇒ page 127
Diesel particulate
– filter: Renew Every 120,000 miles ⇒ page 68

• Only valid for V10 TDI with diesel particulate filter without additive
system

China market

Note

In the Chinese market no engine oils to VW standard 504 00/507


00 may be used because of poor fuel quality. ⇒ page 9

Interval Description of
work
Oil change service (QG0/QG2/QG3) Once after 5,000 km → Mainte‐
nance tables
Oil change service (QG0/QG2/QG3) Every 10,000 km → Mainte‐
(appears on service interval display) or 1 year1) nance tables
Interval service (QG0/QG2/QG3) Every 20,000 km → Mainte‐
(appears on service interval display) or 2 years1) nance tables
Inspection service Every 30,000 km → Mainte‐
(does not appears on service interval display) or 3 years 1), and nance tables
then every 30,000
km / 2 years
– Multi-purpose additive for petrol fuel: adding At every service ⇒ page 72
– Dust and pollen filter (cabin filter): renew. Every 10,000 km ⇒ page 73
or 1 year1)

14 2. Service work
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Interval Description of
work
– Spark plugs: renewing Every 20,000 km ⇒ page 142
or 2 years1)
• Only applies to 3.6 l V6 FSI and 4.2 l V8 FSI

– Air filter element: renew and clean housing. Every 30,000 km ⇒ page 89
or 2 years1)
– Spark plugs: renewing Every 30,000 km ⇒ page 142
or 2 years1)
• Only applies to 6.0 l W12 MPI

1) Whichever occurs first.


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Service work 15
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

3 General information
This chapter provides information on the following subjects:
♦ Raising vehicle with lifting platform or trolley jack
⇒ page 16
♦ Sticker ⇒ page 17
♦ Entries in service schedule ⇒ page 19
♦ Connecting vehicle diagnosis tester ⇒ page 19
♦ Vehicle identification number ⇒ page 21
♦ Vehicle data sticker ⇒ page 22
♦ Countries where diesel has a high sulphur content
⇒ page 23
♦ Engine code and engine number ⇒ page 23
♦ RME fuel (biodiesel) ⇒ page 23
♦ Severe operating conditions ⇒ page 24
♦ Type plate ⇒ page 24
♦ Jacking up mode: Switching self-levelling suspension off and
on ⇒ page 24

3.1 Raising vehicle with lifting platform or


trolley jack

Note

When raising the vehicle the jacking up mode must be activated,


then the self-levelling suspensionnis
AGswitched
. Volkswageoff
n AGautomatically.
age does
ksw not
y Vol gu
Activate jacking-up mode ed
b see ⇒ page 24 . ara
nte
oris eo
h
3.1.1 Safety notes:
t
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

WARNING
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Before driving onto a lifting platform, ensure that there is


wit

sufficient clearance between low-lying vehicle compo‐


, is n

h re

nents and lifting platform.


hole

spec

♦ Before driving a vehicle onto a lifting platform it must be


es, in part or in w

t to the co

ensured that the vehicle weight does not exceed the per‐
missible lifting capacity of the platform.
♦ Vehicle may be lifted only at points indicated in figure to
rrectness of i

avoid damaging vehicle floor pan or tipping vehicle.


l purpos

♦ Never start engine and engage a gear with vehicle lifted


as long as even one driven wheel has contact with the
nf
ercia

floor! Disregarding these warnings risks the danger of an


or

accident!
m
m

atio
om

♦ If work is to be performed under vehicle, it must be sup‐


n in
or c

ported by suitable jack stands.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 3. General information
oes Touareg 2003 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
ksw
y Vol Maintenance - gEdition
not
ua 03.2018
edb ran
ris te
tho eo
3.1.2 Lifting points for lifting platform or trolley ss au ra
c
jack:

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
Front lifting point:

y li
erm

ab
ility
– Position support plate at reinforcement -arrow- of floor pan.

ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole
WARNING

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Under no circumstances must vehicle be raised on vertical
stiffener of side member.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Rear lifting point:


– Position support plate at reinforcement of floor pan near rear

nf
ercia

axle mounting -arrow-.

orm
m

atio
om

n in
WARNING
or c

thi
te

sd
a

Ensure that support plate of raising platform is centred under


iv

o
r
rp

cu
reinforcement.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Stickers
In this chapter there are stickers which apply for the German
market. The stickers determined for your country can be obtained
from your importer.
Attaching “Your next service” sticker ⇒ page 17
Attaching “data sticker” in customer service schedule
⇒ page 18
Attaching “LongLife engine oil” sticker ⇒ page 18

3.2.1 Attaching “Your next service” sticker


Sticker up to week 44/2009
– Your “next service dates” sticker: Enter a cross in position for
next oil change service or inspection service (next service due)
and enter date/odometer reading

3. General information 17
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Sticker from week 45/2009


– Service sticker “Your next service”: Enter a cross in position
for next oil change service or inspection service or legal check
such as legislative inspection or gas system check (next serv‐
ice due) and enter date and mileage.

Note

The new sticker is applied gradually from week 45/2009.

Service intervals ⇒ page 7

– Attach sticker to driver side door pillar (B-pillar) -arrow-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

3.2.2 Attaching “data sticker” in customer

t to the co
service schedule:

rrectne
– Attach the lower of the two data stickers -arrow- in the service
schedule.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

3.2.3 Attaching “Long-life engine oil” sticker


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– For vehicles with LongLife service (PR number QG1), the
t. rig
gh ht
yri
sticker (article number K69.5121.50.20) as shown below must
p by
co Vo
by lksw
be attached. Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Attach sticker -arrow- as shown on left side of lock carrier (from


driver perspective).

18 3. General information
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

3.2.4 Entries in service schedule


If a component is changed which has a change interval prescribed
by the manufacturer, e.g. the toothed belt, the new change inter‐
val begins at the time the component is changed.
• Therefore it is very important, every time a component is
changed, to document this in the service schedule.
• This also applies to components which were changed before
the regular change interval.

Note

♦ When using “Genuine parts kits” it must be taken into account


whether it is technically necessary to change all the compo‐
nents included in the genuine parts kits.
♦ If more components are renewed than is technically necessa‐
ry, inform the customer before repair!

3.3 Connecting vehicle diagnostic tester


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system - VAS 5051
B-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ Diagnostic cable - VAS 5051/6A- d by V gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
19
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen 3. General information
Prote AG.
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Vehicle diagnostic and service information system - VAS


5052- or successor

♦ Diagnostic cable, 2 m - VAS 5052/3 A-

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Ensure that the selected vehicle diagnostic
d byV
o
tester is used only gu
ara
with the respective diagnostic cable.
orise nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le

WARNING
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab

♦ During a road test, you must always secure testing and


ility
ot p

measuring equipment on the back seat.


wit
is n

h re

♦ Only a passenger may operate these devices while the


ole,

vehicle is in motion.
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Carry out the following procedure:


rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

20 3. General information
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Open cover -1- and connect vehicle diagnostic tester .


– Switch on the vehicle diagnostic tester .
– Switch on ignition.
Now follow information given on screen to start desired functions.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

3.4 Vehicle identification number

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Location: windscreen

t to the co
The vehicle identification number -see enlargement- is located
behind the windscreen on driver side.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

Location: near spare wheel well


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
The vehicle identification number is located in rear of vehicle on C py
t. rig
the right near the spare wheel well -arrow A-. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.4.1 Significance of vehicle identification number


WVG ZZZ 7L Z 3 D 000 234
Manufacturer Filler charac‐ Model Filler charac‐ Model year Production lo‐ Serial number
code ters ters 2003 cation

3. General information 21
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

3.5 Vehicle data sticker


Location: dash panel trim
The vehicle data sticker -arrow- is mounted on the dash panel trim
in the footwell on driver side. The vehicle data sticker is also found
in the service schedule for the customer.
On the left side of left-hand drive vehicles, on the right side of
right-hand drive vehicles.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Location: near spare wheel well ss c

ce
le
un

pt
The vehicle data sticker is located in rear of vehicle in spare wheel

an
d
itte

well -B-.

y li
erm

ab
ility
Contents of vehicle data sticker
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectnes
The sticker contains the following data of the vehicle

s o
cial p

f in
1 - Vehicle identification number (chassis number)

form
mer

2 - Vehicle type, engine output, gearbox

atio
om

n
c

3 - Engine and gearbox code letters, paint number, interior equip‐


i
or

n thi
e

ment
t

sd
iva

o
pr

4 - Optional equipment, PR numbers


um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

The sticker in service schedule includes the same data. The leg‐
end can be found below the sticker.

22 3. General information
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
orise nte Touareg 2003 ➤
h eo
aut ra
c
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
ss

ce
e
nl
3.6 Countries where diesel has a high sul‐

pt
du

an
itte

y li
phur content
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Applies only to diesel engines, as diesel fuel in some countries

wit
, is n

has a high sulphur content The high sulphur content leads to ex‐

h re
hole

cessive wear of cylinders and it considerably reduces the clean‐

spec
liness of pistons. Therefore change engine oil every 7,500 km in
es, in part or in w

t to the co
countries where the diesel has a high sulphur content.
Afghanistan Ghana Cuba Saudi Arabia

rrectness of i
Egypt Guatemala Kuwait Senegal
l purpos

Algeria Honduras Laos Zimbabwe


Angola Indonesia Lebanon Sri Lanka and the Mal‐
dives

nform
ercia

Argentina Iraq Libya Sudan


m

at
om

io
Armenia Iran Madagascar Surinam

n
c

in t
or

Bangladesh Jamaica Mali Syria

his
ate

do
riv

Bolivia Jordan Mauritius Tajikistan


p

cum
for

en
g

Brazil Cambodia Mongolia Tanzania


n

t.
yi Co
op
Brunei Cameroon Myanmar (Burma) Trinidad and Tobago
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Dominican Republic Kazakhstan Nigeria Tunisia
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Ecuador Prote
Qatar Pakistan Uruguay
AG.

Ivory Coast Kenya Paraguay Uzbekistan


El Salvador Kyrgyz Republic Peru Venezuela
Gabon Columbia Russian Federation Vietnam
China Republic of Congo Pacific islands, driving on
left

3.7 Engine code and engine number


Engine code and engine number “Power unit” ⇒ Rep. gr. 00
“Technical data/engine number”

3.8 RME fuel (biodiesel)


The RME compatibility for the approved engines is only valid up
to and including model year 2007

Caution

♦ For vehicles with diesel particulate filter RME fuel (biodie‐


sel) must not be used.
♦ When RME fuel is used and your vehicle is not suitable for
this, the fuel system can be damaged.
♦ When filling the tank with biodiesel, only use RME fuel
conforming to EN 14214 (FAME)!
♦ When biodiesel is used which does not conform to the re‐
quired standard, the diesel fuel filter can become blocked.

RME fuel must conform to EN 14214 (FAME).


Characteristics of RME fuel
♦ Performance can slightly be lower when using biodiesel.
♦ Fuel consumption can slightly be higher when using biodiesel.

3. General information 23
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ RME can be used in winter at temperatures to approx. -10 °C


♦ At ambient temperatures below -10 °C we recommend using
winter diesel fuel.

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
♦ When using biodiesel observe the changed intervalsbyfor Vol ot g
ua
changing the diesel fuel filter ⇒ page 7 o
ir se
d ran
tee
th or
♦ If it is planned not to use the vehicle for approx.
ss
au
two weeks, it ac
is recommended to fill the tank with original diesel beforehand

ce
e
nl
and drive approx. 50 km, to prevent damage to the fuel injec‐

pt
du

an
tion system. itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3.9 Severe operating conditions

wit
, is n

h re
hole

If the vehicle is used under severe operating conditions, some

spec
jobs will have to be performed before the next due service date
es, in part or in w

t to the co
or between the specified service intervals.
Severe operating conditions

rrectness of i
• Regular short trips or stop and go operation in urban traffic
l purpos

• High percentage of cold starts


• Vehicle is used in areas with winter temperatures over a long

nf
ercia

period

orm
m

atio
• Regular long periods of idling (e.g. taxis)
om

n in
or c

• Vehicle is often driven at full throttle with high payload or whilst

thi
te

towing a trailer

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
• Using diesel with elevated sulphur content
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
• Regular operation in areas with high levels of dust t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
3.10 Identification plate
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The type plate -arrow- is attached to the plenum chamber bulk‐
head on the right (from driver perspective).

Note

Vehicles for certain export countries have no type plate.

3.11 Jacking up mode: switching self-level‐


ling suspension off and on
The self-levelling suspension must be switched off before vehicle
is raised.
The self-levelling suspension is switched off in jacking up mode
to prevent automatic adjustment when lifting platform or trolley
jack is used.
Switch off self-levelling suspension
• The vehicle must be stationary.

24 3. General information
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Switch on ignition.
– Press button LOCK in centre console -arrow- and hold for 5
seconds.
The “jacking up mode” is displayed in the dash panel insert, a
warning lamp flashes in LOCK button.
After activating, the ignition can be switched off.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Switching on self-levelling suspension lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
There are two methods to activate the self-levelling suspension

an
d
itte

y li
again.

rm

ab
pe

ility
– With ignition switched on, press button LOCK in centre console ot

wit
, is n

-arrow- and hold for more than 5 seconds.

h re
hole

spec
or
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– The self-levelling suspension is also activated when driving
faster than 5 km/h.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. General information 25
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4 Descriptions of work:
This chapter provides information on the following subjects:
♦ Removable towing bracket: checking and cleaning if neces‐
sary ⇒ page 28
♦ Turbocharger: Lubricate control motor linkage
wage⇒ page 30
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es ks not
Vol gu
♦ Swivel joints and axle mountings: inspecting
ed
by ⇒ page 31 ara
nte
is
or eo
♦ Additive tank: Extract fluid and au replenish with new additive
th ra
⇒ page 32 ss c

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Automatic gearbox: checking ATF level ⇒ page 38

an
d
itte

y li
rm

♦ Battery cut-off relay: Remove ⇒ page 38

ab
pe

ility
ot

♦ Battery: checking battery terminal clamps for secure seating

wit
, is n

⇒ page 40

h re
hole

spec
♦ Battery: check using battery tester with printer VAS 5097A or
es, in part or in w

VAS 6161 ⇒ page 47

t to the co
♦ Tyres: checking condition, wear pattern, tyre pressure and
tread depth ⇒ page 56

rrectness of i
♦ Brake system and shock absorbers: inspecting for leaks and
l purpos

damage ⇒ page 63
♦ Brake fluid: changing ⇒ page 64

nform
ercia

♦ Brake fluid level (dependent upon lining wear): checking


m

a
⇒ page 67
com

tion in
r

♦ Brakes, front and rear: checking thickness of brake pads and


te o

thi
condition of brake discs ⇒ page 61
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
♦ Diesel fuel filter: draining ⇒ page 74
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ Diesel fuel filter: renewing (diesel engine) ⇒ page 75 t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Diesel particulate filter: reading ash loading level p by
co Vo
⇒ page 38
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Diesel particulate filter: Renew ⇒ page 68
♦ Window regulators: checking positioning (open and close
functions) ⇒ page 69
♦ Vehicles with reversing camera system: Check number plate
⇒ page 70
♦ Vehicle system test: Carry out test ⇒ page 70
♦ Front airbag for the front passenger: Check activation / deac‐
tivation ⇒ page 71
♦ Bonnet: greasing catch hook ⇒ page 72
♦ Gearbox, final drive (especially on flanges) and drive shaft
boots: Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
⇒ page 73
♦ Gearbox, transfer box and front and rear final drive: Check oil
level, replenish if necessary ⇒ page 142
♦ Dust and pollen filter: cleaning housing and renewing filter el‐
ement ⇒ page 73
♦ Interior and exterior body: inspecting for corrosion when doors
and flaps are open ⇒ page 84
♦ Poly V-belt: checking condition ⇒ page 73
♦ Compass in roof module: Set compass zones ⇒ page 85

26 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Cooling system: checking frost protection and coolant level


⇒ page 86
♦ Air filter: cleaning housing and renewing filter element
⇒ page 89
♦ Multi-purpose additive for petrol fuels: adding ⇒ page 72
♦ Oil level: checking ⇒ page 100
♦ Engine oil: draining or extracting; renewing oil filter and re‐
plenishing engine oil ⇒ page 101
♦ Engine cover panel -top-: Removing and installing
⇒ page 109
♦ Engine cover -bottom- (noise insulation): removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 110
♦ Engine and components in engine compartment: inspecting
for leaks and damage (from above and below) ⇒ page 111
♦ Checking tyre repair set ⇒ page 112
♦ Road test (performance, handling, noises, air conditioner etc.):
carrying out ⇒ page 112
♦ Wheel securing bolts: tighteningagto specified
en AG. Volkswatorque
gen AG
does
⇒ page 113 Volksw not
g by ua
ed ran
♦ Radio code: readingho
riusing
s vehicle diagnostic tester tee
⇒ page 114 aut or
ac
ss
♦ Radio/navigation system: activating anti-theft coding ce
e
nl

pt
du

⇒ page 115 an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Reducing agent (AdBlue®): replenishing ⇒ page 47 ility
ot p

wit

♦ Reducing agent (AdBlue®): changing ⇒ page 56


, is n

h re
hole

♦ Storing tyre pressure values ⇒ page 60


spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Power assisted steering: checking fluid level ⇒ page 118


t to the co

♦ Headlight adjustment: checking and adjusting as necessary


⇒ page 119
rrectness of i

♦ Sunroof: checking function, cleaning and lubricating guide


l purpos

rails ⇒ page 127


♦ Sliding sunroof drains: checking for blockage, cleaning if nec‐
nform
ercia

essary ⇒ page 127


m

at
om

♦ Window wash/wipe system and headlight washer system:


ion

Check function and for damage, if necessary replenish fluid


c

in t
or

⇒ page 129
his
ate

do
riv

♦ Wiper blade protection: removing ⇒ page 132


p

cum
for

en
ng

♦ Service interval display: resetting ⇒ page 135


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Service interval display: recoding ⇒ page 136 opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
♦ Track rod ends: checking clearance, security and boots
by
cted agen
Prote
⇒ page 137
AG.

♦ Transportation mode: switching off ⇒ page 138


♦ Door arrester: lubricating ⇒ page 139
♦ Elastic drive coupling and freewheel disc: Renew
⇒ page 139
♦ Underbody: inspecting for damage to underbody sealant, un‐
derbody panels, routing of lines, plugs ⇒ page 140
♦ Setting time, language and units: On dash panel insert display
⇒ page 140

4. Descriptions of work: 27
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Camshaft drive toothed belt: renewing (8-cylinder petrol en‐


gines) ⇒ page 142
♦ Spark plugs: renewing ⇒ page 142
♦ Static cornering light (cornering light) and driving light assist:
checking function ⇒ page 151

4.1 Removable towing bracket: checking


and cleaning if necessary
This chapter describes how to check and repair a removable tow‐
ing bracket.

Note

Note that checking towing bracket is included in the respective


service. However, a repair is charged separately and must be re‐
quired by the customer.

Check procedure
– Remove cover (if fitted) -1-.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Pull off protective cap -1- from ball head mounting -2-.
– Insert ball head into mounting.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

28 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
After ball head has been inserted, olks green mark on hand wheel
w es n
ot g
yV
must be aligned with white ed mark on ball head. Hand wheel must
b ua
ran
oris
be entirely in contact. tAfterwards, it must be possible to close the tee
h or
towing bracket lockssby removing the key. If this is not possible,
au ac
the following repair procedure must be performed.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

If a repair has to be performed, it has only to be in agreement with

h re
the customer. A repair must be charged separately.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Repair procedure:

– Check contact surfaces -arrows- of ball head mounting for

rrectness of i
corrosion.
l purpos

– If contact surfaces are corroded, eliminate corrosion with a tri‐


angular scraper and clean the treated areas with silicone
remover.

nform
ercia

– Apply a thin coat of lubricating paste G 000 650 or G 000 150


m

at
om

i
on cleaned surfaces.

on
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Check contact surfaces -arrows- of ball head for corrosion.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– If contact surfaces are corroded, eliminate corrosion with a tri‐
Prote AG.

angular scraper and clean the treated areas with silicone


remover.
– Apply a thin coat of lubricating paste G 000 650 or G 000 150
on cleaned surfaces.
– Check again ball head seat in mounting ⇒ page 28 .

– After checking, fit protective cap -1- into ball head mounting
-2-.

Note

If protective cap is damaged or not available, a new protective


cap must be fitted to protect ball head mounting against corrosion
⇒ ETKA

4. Descriptions of work: 29
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Insert cover -1-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
4.2 Turbocharger: Lubricate control motor

ility
ot p

linkage

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
Lubricating the control motor linkage includes:
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
1. - Turbocharger 1 control motor -V280- for cylinder bank 1 (right
engine side).
2. - Turbocharger 2 control motor -V281- for cylinder bank 2 (left

rrectne
engine side).
– Remove engine cover -bottom- (noise insulation)

ss o
⇒ page 110 .
cial p

f inform
1) Lubricate linkage: Turbocharger control motor -right engine
mer

side-

atio
om

n
c

Fitting location: Front right wheel housing, above steering bel‐

i
or

n thi
e

lows, between front longitudinal member and engine block


t

sd
va

-arrow A-
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Lubricate rotating point of control motor shaft and linkage


-arrows A- and -B- by hand.
Only use high-temperature paste - G 052 112 A3- .
2) Lubricate linkage: Turbocharger control motor -left engine side-

30 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Fitting location: Front left, between steering and housing of front


final drive, above coolant hoses -arrow A-.

– Lubricate rotating point of control motor shaft and linkage


-arrows A- and -B- by hand.
Only use high-temperature paste - G 052 112 A3-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
4.3 Swivel joints and suspension link
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
mountings: inspecting
ss aut ra
c
ce
le

– Check boot -arrow- of upper swivel joint for leaks and damage.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Check boot -arrow- of lower swivel joint for leaks and damage.
nform
ercia

– Check axle mounting for damage.


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 31
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.4 Additive tank: extracting fluid and filling


new additive

4.4.1 Safety measures and code of conduct


when working on additive tank system

WARNING

Please note the following for all procedures:


♦ The diesel additive fluid is hazardous to health.
♦ Read safety instructions on new additive fluid container!

WARNING

Please note the following for all procedures:


♦ Information concerning “Danger to health and environ‐
ment”, “Protective and hygiene measures”, “Behaviour in
case of danger” ⇒ ServiceNet, Genuine parts, safety data
sheets and operating instructions; Diesel fuel additive for
particulate filter.
♦ Before starting work, place extraction hose of switched on
exhaust extraction system near the connections of addi‐
tive tank, to ensure the released additive emissions are
extracted. . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ If no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fany V olk not
gu
3
with a displacement greater than 15 m /h can be used ed b ara
ris nte
providing that motor is not in air flow. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
WARNING
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Please note the following for all procedures:


wit
, is n

h re
♦ For all assembly work on the additive tank system always
hole

spec
wear eye protection and fuel resistant protective gloves
es, in part or in w

(avoid additive contact with skin)!


t to the co

♦ Always perform assembly work on open system in well


ventilated rooms!
rrectness of i

♦ Do not inhale vapours of additive fluid!


l purpos

♦ Keep additive fluid away from heat, sparks and open


flame.
nform
ercia

♦ The fluid vapours in combination with air can create an


m

at

explosive mixture.
om

ion
c

in t
r

♦ Vapours are heavier than air and can spread to igniting


o

his
te

sources near ground level.


a

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

32 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

WARNING AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Please note the following for all procedures: ise
d b ara
nte
or eo
h
♦ The diesel additive must not drain into sewerage aut
and not ra
c
soak into the soil. If leaks occur, immediately
s bind and
s

ce
e
eliminate.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ The additive tank is under pressure! Before opening the

erm

ab
system, place a cloth around the connection, and reduce

ility
ot p
pressure by carefully loosening the connection!

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Collect fluid in a container e.g. when lines are drained

hole

spec
empty etc.!
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Route lines of all types, e.g. fuel lines, additive lines as
well as electrical wires, so that the cable guide is in original
condition.

rrectness of i
♦ Make sure that there is sufficient clearance to all moving
l purpos

or hot components.

nform
mercia

Caution

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

Information concerning storage and disposal ⇒ ServiceNet →


o

his
te

Environmental protection → Workshop disposal . Ask your im‐


a

do
riv

porter about country-specific information on storage and dis‐


p

cum
or

posal.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
The refill container must be disposed of in accordance with
C py
t. rig
gh
environmental regulations.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.4.2 General information

Note

♦ The additive tank connections are found behind a cover on the


tank cap.
♦ The additive tank has a capacity of approx. 4.5 to 5 litres.
♦ Only use new fluid.
♦ The part number of the 1.0 litre container is -G 052 143 A2-
♦ If the residual capacity in the additive tank is less than 0.3 li‐
tres, this is shown on display in the dash panel insert.

4.4.3 Removing sealing plug


– Open tank flap and remove tank cap.
– Place cap -2- at top of tank flap.

4. Descriptions of work: 33
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

The connections for the additive tank system are found behind
the cover -1-
– Carefully pull cover out of mounting -arrow-.

Note

Now the cover is only secured to the drain hose.

– Turn cover -B- at drain hose connection -C- approx. 90 de‐


grees anti-clockwise so that the connections are visible.
The connections are located on tank filler neck -arrow A-

Note

Always note safety measures when working on additive tank!

– First pull sealing plug off VENTILATION -arrow B-,


⇒ page 35 !
– Then pull sealing plug off EXTRACTION/FILLING -arrow A-
⇒ page 35
– Before opening the system, place a cloth around the connec‐
tion, and reduce pressure by carefully loosening the connec‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
tion! lkswagen oes
no o t gu
yV
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

Pull off sealing plug as follows:


ility
ot p

-Arrow A- round connector side.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

-Arrow B- flat connector side.


spec
es, in part or in w

– Push securing ring in at round side of connector -arrow A- by


t to the co

hand or with suitable tool and pull off connector.


rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

34 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.4.4 Connections for fuel additive tank


VENTILATION -arrow B- (smaller connection diameter).
EXTRACTION/FILLING -arrow A- (larger connection diameter).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
4.4.5 Extracting and replenishing with fluid aut
hor eo
ra
ss c
Special tools, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items

ce
le
un

required

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Extraction unit - VAS 6277/1-


♦ Filling device - VAS 6277/2-
♦ Overflow protection - VAS 6277/3-
♦ Hose clamp - 3094-
Extracting fluid:

Note

Observe instruction manual for extraction unit - VAS 6277/1- .

– Push connector -4- of extraction unit - VAS 6277/1- onto con‐


nection for EXTRACTION/FILLING, respective connections
⇒ page 35 .

4. Descriptions of work: 35
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Connect compressed air supply -2- to extraction unit - VAS


6277/1- .
– Extract fluid by carefully pulling metering lever -3-.

WARNING

♦ Turn ventilation -1- in direction of the well ventilated room,


do not inhale emitting vapours.
♦ Ensure the extraction container of the extraction unit - VAS
6277/1- is not overfilled during extraction process. A dan‐
ger of overflowing exists.
♦ Finish extraction process when the container is approx. swagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
2/3 full, see -arrow 5-. by
Vol
k not
gu
ara
ed nte
♦ If necessary repeat extraction process. tho
ris e or
au ac
♦ Do not reuse extracted (used) additive fluid.ss

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Dispose of extracted (used) additive fluid according to op‐

an
d
itte

erating instructions ⇒ ServiceNet; HSO; Environmental

y li
rm

ab
Handbook 3 .
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– If the total quantity of fluid has been extracted, separate com‐

spec
pressed air supply.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Replenishing fluid:

rrectness of i
– Bolt container with new additive fluid -1- to filling device - VAS
6277/2- .
l purpos

– Connect filling device - VAS 6277/2- and overflow protection


- VAS 6277/3- with connections -3- and -4- to respective con‐

nform
ercia

nections ⇒ page 35 .
m

a
– Additionally secure hose clamp e.g. hose clamp - VAS 6277/2-
com

tio
on hose end of filling device - 3094-

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

Note cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
The hose clamp prevents that after filling and when pulling off Cop py
ht. rig
hose, fluid is drained from filler hose. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
The additive tank has a capacity of approx. 4.5 to 5 litres.
Prote AG.

– Open valve -2-, and drain fluid into additive tank.

Note

♦ The system must not be overfilled.


♦ In case of overfilling fluid is visible on hose of overflow pro‐
tection - VAS 6277/3- .

36 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Seal valve -2-, and clamp off filler hose using e.g. hose clamp
- 3094- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
– Separate filling device - VAS 6277/2- and overflow protection

ce
le
un

pt
- VAS 6277/3- from additive tank connections -arrows A + B-.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
– Connect both sealing plugs onto connections.
cial p

f inform

– Reinstall cover -1-.


mer

atio
m

– Seal tank filler neck.


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.4.6 Final checks


– Unscrew additive tank from filling device - VAS 6277/2- .
– Drain all fluid from filling device - VAS 6277/2- , so that no
residual fluid will remain in the hose or cut-off valve.

Note

Residual fluid crystallises in combination with oxygen.

Caution

Crystallised fluid may cause malfunctions in the additive sys‐


tem.

4. Descriptions of work: 37
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

WARNING

Remove spilt fluid with absorbing, non-flammable material


(binding agent).
Dispose of materials which are soaked with fluid, e.g. cloths or
binding agents, in a suitable container which can be closed,
observe hazardous material regulations!

– If fluid has been extracted from the additive tank system, fill
used fluid of extraction unit - VAS 6277/1- into empty original
tank of new fluid. Observe hazardous material regulations!

WARNING
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Always store additive fluid in the original container in y V a dry and
o lk not
gu
well ventilated area. rised b ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
4.5 Diesel particulate filter: reading ash

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

loading level
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Note

h re
hole

spec
When checking the diesel particulate filter the ash loading limit
es, in part or in w

t to the co
value is read.

– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester . ⇒ page 19

rrectness of i
– Switch on ignition.
l purpos

– Select “Guided Function” mode on display.

nform
ercia

– Carry out identification of vehicle.


m

a
– Select vehicle system “Engine”.
com

tion in

– Then, check “ash loading of diesel particulate filter”.


r
te o

thi
s
iva

Follow instructions on display.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

4.6 Automatic gearbox: check ATF level.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Procedure: “Power transmission” ⇒ Rep. gr. 37 “Checking
ht. rig
rig ht
by
ATF level and topping up-” copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
4.7 Battery cut-off relay: Remove
AG.

♦ The battery cut-off relay protects the battery from discharging


by electrical consumers not required during transportation
from manufacturer to dealer.
♦ The battery cut-off relay must be removed at delivery inspec‐
tion. Return delivery is discontinued. Dispose of battery cut-off
relay in compliance with disposal regulations.

38 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Note

♦ Notes on invoicing can be found in “Technical product infor‐


mation” in ELSA:
♦ Technical Service Handbook
♦ Technical solutions
♦ Power unit
♦ Function
♦ Engine problems when starting
♦ Engine does not start / transportation device active

Procedure:
The battery cut-off relay is located in the footwell, in front of driver
seat.
The battery cut-off relay is screwed to the earth point of battery
negative terminal, in front of driver seat.

Note

The battery below driver seat is equipped with a battery isolator.


Observe safety measures when working on battery isolator “Elec‐
trical system” ⇒ Rep. gr. 27 “Battery isolation switch / Isolation
switch -E74-”.

– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


ignition key.
If the trim below driver seat has not been removed:
Volkswa
– To disconnect the battery, remove trim belowswdriver
agen seat “Elec‐ AG does
AG. gen
trical system” ⇒ Rep. gr. 27 “Disconnecting
by
Volk
and connecting not
gu
ara
battery”. ris
ed
nte
tho eo
– Disconnect connector -A- from
ss
arelay
u
cable. ra
c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 39
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Pull a padded cover -A- over the relay cable connector.


– Secure the padded cover with adhesive tape.

– Unscrew earth cable -2- from battery switch-off relay -1-.

olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Unscrew retainer for battery cut-off relay from earth
olks point -B-.
wag does
not
y V gu
b ara
– Connect earth cable to earth point -A-, andorise tighten earth cable
d
nte
to 20 Nm. auth eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

Note an
itte

y li
erm

ab
When battery earth cable has been reconnected: “Electrical sys‐ ility
ot p

tem” ⇒ Rep. gr. 27 “Disconnecting and connecting battery”.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Route connector and relay cable at position shown -arrows-.


rrectness of i

– Reinstall trim below driver seat.


l purpos

Observe work steps after connecting battery “Electrical system”


⇒ Rep. gr. 27 “Disconnecting and connecting battery, vehicles
nf
ercia

with two-battery design”.


orm
m

– After that, make a short straight drive to adapt steering angle


atio
m

and then switch ignition off, on, and off again.


o

n in
or c

thi
e

ESP warning lamp goes out and event memory entry is set on
t

sd
iva

"sporadic".
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

– Delete event memory entry.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Carry out vehicle system test ⇒ page 70 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
4.8 Battery: checking battery terminal
cted agen
Prote AG.

clamps for secure seating


Either of two different battery designs may be installed in the ve‐
hicle:
Battery designs “Electrical system” ⇒ Rep. gr. 27 “Battery”.

40 4. Descriptions of work:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Touareg 2003 ➤
olksw not
yV gu
ed b Maintenance
ara
nte
- Edition 03.2018
ris
ho eo
ut ra
Battery under left front seat: checking
ss a battery terminal clamps for c
secure seating

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove

itte

y li
ignition key.

rm

ab
pe

ility
ot
After waiting 60 seconds:

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove trim from front and side of left front seat frame.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove covers for seat spindles.

t to the co
– Pull caps off seat rails.
– Unscrew securing bolts -arrows-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Fold back seat frame together with seat -arrow-.

– Remove bolt -1- and remove air duct -2-.

4. Descriptions of work: 41
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Open catches for battery box -arrows- and remove cover.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
– Check whether battery th clamps are secure on battery terminals
o tee
or
by moving batterysearth
s au
cable -1- and battery positive wire ac
-2- back and forth.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
WARNING
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

If the battery clamp is not seated securely on the positive ter‐

wit
, is n

h re
minal, first disconnect battery clamp from battery negative
hole

terminal to prevent possible accidents.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
If the battery clamp is not seated securely on positive terminal:

rrectness of i
The following procedure must be followed without exception!
l purpos

Disconnecting battery under front left seat


nform
ercia

WARNING
m

a
com

The battery under the front left seat is equipped with a battery
ion in

isolator to increase crash safety. In the event of an accident,


r
te o

thi

the airbag control unit triggers a charge which interrupts the


s
iva

do

current supply cable to the starter. A pyrotechnic method with


r
rp

cum

a very small amount of explosive is used for isolating the bat‐


fo

en
g

tery. To avoid accidentally triggering the charge when working


n

t.
yi Co
op
on the battery or batteries or the battery isolator, always first C py
t. rig
disconnect the battery earth strap from the battery negative
gh ht
yri by
terminal. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

The battery beneath the front left seat has a battery isolator. Ob‐
serve the safety precautions when working on the battery isolator
»Electrical system« ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Discon‐
necting and connecting battery »Disconnecting and connecting
battery«.

42 4. Descriptions of work:
AG. Volkswagen AG d Touareg 2003 ➤
agen
Volksw Maintenance -oeEdition
s no
t gu 03.2018
d by ara
e nte
ris
– Unscrew battery earth cable -1- from battery negative
ut
ho termi‐ eo
nal. ss a ra
c

ce
le
Connecting battery under front left seat

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
Special tools and workshop equipment required
l purpos

♦ -V.A.G 1331- torque wrench (5-50 Nm)

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Tighten securing bolt on battery positive terminal clamp to 6


Nm.
– Only after the positive terminal clamp -2- is secure may the
negative terminal clamp -1- be placed on the battery negative
terminal.
– Tighten securing bolt on battery negative terminal clamp to 6
Nm.
– Reinstall engine cover panel.

– Renew securing bolts -arrows- of seat frame and tighten them


to 45 Nm specified torque.

Note

After the battery has been reconnected: »Electrical system« ⇒


Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Disconnecting and connecting
battery »Disconnecting and connecting battery«.

If the battery clamp on negative terminal is not seated securely:

4. Descriptions of work: 43
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Tightening battery clamp on negative pole of battery under front


left seat agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ -V.A.G 1331- torque wrench (5-50 Nm)

rrectness of i
– Tighten battery clamp -1- on battery negative terminal to 6 Nm.
l purpos

– Reinstall engine cover panel.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Renew securing bolts -arrows- of seat frame and tighten them Prote
cted AG.
agen
to 45 Nm specified torque.

Note

After the battery has been reconnected: »Electrical system« ⇒


Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Disconnecting and connecting
battery »Disconnecting and connecting battery«.

Checking battery clamps of second battery in luggage compart‐


ment for secure seating
Carry out the following procedure:

44 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Raise luggage compartment floor cover -2- and secure sup‐


port rod -1-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Remove fastenings -arrows- for retaining straps and remove
itte

y li
battery cover with retaining straps.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

o
– Check whether battery clamps are secure on battery terminals

rm
by moving battery positive wire -1- and battery negative wire
m

atio
m

-2- back and forth.


o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
a

WARNING
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

If the battery clamp is not seated securely on the positive ter‐


t.
yi Co
op
minal, first disconnect battery clamp from battery negative C py
ht. rig
terminal to prevent possible accidents. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ The following procedure must be followed without exception!


♦ If the sequence of steps is not followed, the charge of the py‐
rotechnical battery isolator may be triggered and the electrical
equipment of the vehicle damaged.

If the battery clamp is not seated securely on positive terminal:

– Disconnect battery earth strap -arrow- from battery negative


terminal first.

4. Descriptions of work: 45
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Then disconnect battery positive cable -arrow- from battery


positive terminal.
Connecting second battery in luggage compartment
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
Special tools and workshop equipment required
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ -V.A.G 1331- torque wrench (5-50 Nm)

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

– Tighten securing bolt on battery positive terminal clamp

en
ng

t.
yi
-arrow- to 6 Nm.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Only after the positive terminal clamp is secure may the neg‐
ative terminal clamp -arrow- be placed on the battery negative
terminal.
– Tighten securing bolt on battery negative terminal clamp
-arrow- to 6 Nm.

Note

After the battery has been reconnected: »Electrical system« ⇒


Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Disconnecting and connecting
battery »Disconnecting and connecting battery«.

If the battery clamp on negative terminal is not seated securely:

46 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Tighten battery clamp -2- on battery negative terminal to 6 Nm.


– Install battery cover.
– Close luggage compartment floor cover.

Note

After the battery has been reconnected: »Electrical system« ⇒


Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Disconnecting and connecting
battery »Disconnecting and connecting battery«.

4.9 Battery: Checking using battery tester


with printer VAS 5097A or VAS 6161

Note

When a battery cut-off relay is installed, ensure that the battery is


not charged via jump start points. Proceed as described in work‐
shop manual.

Procedure: »Electrical system general information« ⇒ Electrical


system general information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Checking battery
»Checking battery«.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
4.10 Reducing agent (AdBlue®): replenishing
oes
ksw not
Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
Note ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
To prevent the descriptions from becoming unclear, the “NOx re‐
d
itte

y li
erm

ducing agent AUS 32” (AdBlue®) is merely called reducing agent

ab
ility
ot p

(AdBlue®) in the following texts.

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Caution

t to the co
On Blue TDI vehicles, only the reducing agent (AdBlue®) can
be filled in. NEVER fill in additive which has been used in the
rrectne
past. It can destroy the reducing agent.
ss o
cial p

f inform

Note
mer

atio
om

♦ The following description applies to diesel vehicles with SCR


n
c

i
or

process (selective catalytic reduction).


thi
te

sd
va

♦ Additional information on the SCR process and reducing agent


i

o
pr

cum
r

(AdBlue ®) can be found in the glossary ⇒ page 165


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 47
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

General notes ⇒ page 48


Health/endangerment and cleaning ⇒ page 50
Disposal instructions ⇒ page 51
Work preparation for filling reducing agent tank ⇒ page 51
Filling reducing agent tank ⇒ page 52
Work after filling reducing agent tank ⇒ page 55
Cleaning the filling device - VAS 6542- ⇒ page 56
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Filling device - VAS 6542-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
♦ Tank for used reducing agent (AdBlue®) thor eo
au ra
s c
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - VAG 1383 A- s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
♦ Adapter plate - VAG 1383A-1-
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.10.1 General information


Characteristics
♦ The reducing agent (AdBlue®) is not a diesel additive and must
not be poured into the diesel fuel tank.

48 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ The reducing agent (AdBlue®) is used for exhaust treatment


to reduce nitrogen oxides in the exhaust gas of diesel powered
vehicles.
♦ The reducing agent (AdBlue®) reduces these nitrogen oxides
to water and nitrogen.
♦ The reducing agent (AdBlue®) is a high-purity 32.5% urea sol‐
ution and is used in systems with exhaust treatment (SCR
catalytic converters ⇒ page 165 ) for diesel engines.
♦ The reducing agent (AdBlue®) is legally prescribed for oper‐
ating vehicles with SCR.
♦ AdBlue® is a registered brand of the VDA (Verband der Auto‐
mobilindustrie – German association of the automotive indus‐
try).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Application agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
♦ Do not mix the reducing agent ®
(AdBlue ) with additives
orised
and nte
eo
do not dilute it with water. aut
h
ra
ss c
♦ Do not use fluid which has already been used.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
♦ Use only reducing agent (AdBlue®) in the intended, original
itte

y li
erm

ab
containers. Also note the expiry date information.

ility
ot p

♦ Additionally note the reducing agent manufacturer's usage

wit
, is n

h re
and storage instructions.
hole

spec
Installation location / specifications
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ “NOx reducing agent AUS 32” is the designation according to
ISO 22241-1.

rrectness of i
♦ The reducing agent (AdBlue®) is contained in a separate tank
in the vehicle. It is NOT therefore mixed with diesel fuel.
l purpos

♦ The reducing agent tank is located in the luggage compart‐

nform
ment.
mercia

♦ A refill container approved by Volkswagen must be used for

at
om

io
replenishing the reducing agent (AdBlue®).

n
c

in t
or

his
e

♦ The reducing agent tank has a capacity of approx. 15 litres.


at

do
priv

♦ The part number of the 1.9 litre and 10 litre containers can be cum
for

en

found in ⇒ ETKA .
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Reducing agent shortage t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
If the level of reducing agent is low, one of the following messages
o
by c lksw
cted agen
appears on the dash panel insert: Prote AG.

♦ As of a remaining range of 2400 km, a gong sounds and “Fill


AdBlue! Remaining distance 2400 km” is displayed.
♦ As of a remaining range of 1000 km, a warning buzzer sounds
and “Fill AdBlue! "No engine start in 1000 km" is shown.”
♦ As of a remaining range of 0 km, a three-fold warning buzzer
sounds and “Fill AdBlue! "Engine start no longer possible" is
shown.”

Note

To make a new engine start possible, a minimum of 3 bottles


containing each 1.9 litre of reducing agent (AdBlue®), must be
filled in.

4. Descriptions of work: 49
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

System malfunction or incorrect filling

Caution

When filled with reducing agent (AdBlue®) that does NOT


comply with the standard or when filled with any other fluids,
the vehicle will become damaged.

In case of system malfunction or incorrect filling, one of the fol‐


lowing messages appears on the dash panel insert:
♦ As of a remaining range of 1050 km: “Check AdBlue! Remain‐
ing distance 1050 km”.
♦ As of a remaining range of 1000 km, a warning buzzer sounds
and “Check AdBlue! "No engine start in 1000 km" is shown.”
♦ As of a remaining range of 0 km, a three-fold warning buzzer
sounds and “Check AdBlue! "Engine start no longer possible"
is shown.”
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
WARNING d by Vo gu
ara
rise nte
ho eo
♦ As soon as “Check AdBlue!” appears:“ No engine start s aut ra
c
possible! ” is displayed and the engine is switched soff; the

ce
e

engine cannot be started again.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Fault recovery ⇒ Guided fault finding
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

4.10.2 Health risk and cleaning

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
WARNING

♦ The reducing agent (AdBlue®) may irritate the skin, eyes

rrectness of i
and respiratory organs.
l purpos

♦ Protect your hands.


♦ In the event of skin contact with this fluid, immediately

nf
ercia

o
wash off with plenty of water.

rm
m

atio
m

♦ If necessary, seek advice from a doctor.


o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Caution
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
At all times, ensure that no reducing agent (AdBlue®) is spilled
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
on trim or body parts. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
If this has happened, wash the reducing agent (AdBlue®) out
Prote AG.

again with clear water and a lint-free cotton cloth.


If the reducing agent (AdBlue®) has already crystallised, use
warm water and a sponge.
Reducing agent residues which are not removed crystallise af‐
ter a while and may damage the affected surface.

50 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.10.3 Disposal instructions

Caution

Information concerning storage and disposal ⇒ ServiceNet →


Environmental protection → Workshop disposal . Ask your im‐
porter about country-specific information on storage and dis‐
posal. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw not
The refill container must be disposed of in accordance
db
yV
o
with gu
ara
environmental regulations. or
ise nte
eo
th
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
4.10.4 Work preparation for filling reducing un

pt
an
d
itte

agent tank

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
Note
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Ensure that vehicle stays on an even ground.

t to the co
The reducing agent tank's filler aperture is located under the floor
covering in the luggage compartment.

rrectne
– Raise floor covering -1- and push it back or hook it in.

ss o
– Remove spare wheel -2-, if available, by unscrewing wing nut
cial p

f i
-3-.

nform
mer

– Remove foam part, if fitted.

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove tank filler neck sealing plug -1-.

4. Descriptions of work: 51
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.10.5 Reducing agent tank: filling


Components of filling device - VAS 6542-
1 - Connection for reducing agent container agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
2 - Union nut for reducing agent container byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o
3 - Shut-off tap for breather line (shut-off tap aopen:
ut
h Lever points eo
ra
in direction of line, shut-off tap closed: Lever
s positioned trans‐
s c
verse to direction of line)

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
4 - Quick release coupling on breather line

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
5 - Filler line
ot

wit
, is n

6 - Shut-off tap for filler line (shut-off tap open: Lever points in

h re
hole

direction of line, shut-off tap closed: Lever positioned transverse

spec
to direction of line)
es, in part or in w

t to the co
7 - Union nut for tank filler neck
8 - Breather line

rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution

Always ensure that all hoses of filling device - VAS 6542- are

nform
ercia

not kinked or blocked. For ease of handling, the breather line


m

can be turned 360°.

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

Perform procedure and adhere to sequence as follows:

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

♦ 1) Open tank cap in luggage compartment -1-.


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
♦ 2) Clean filler neck of reducing agent tank using a water-
ht rig
rig ht
by
soaked, lint-free cotton cloth. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
3) Close shut-off taps of breather and filler lines of filling device -
AG.

VAS 6542- .

52 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

1 - Reducing agent container


2 - Adapter plate - VAG 1383 A-1-
3 - Quick release coupling on breather line
A - Dimension -A- (60-80 cm) for height difference from reducing
agent container to tank filler neck
4 - Breather line
5 - Union nut for tank filler neck
6 - Shut-off tap for filler line (shut-off tap open: Lever points in
direction of line, shut-off tap closed: Lever positioned transverse
to direction of line)
7 - Filler line
8 - Shut-off tap for breather line (shut-off tap open: Lever points
in direction of line, shut-off tap closed: Lever positioned trans‐
verse to direction of line)
9 - Engine and gearbox jack - VAG 1383 A-
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
♦ 4) Place filling device - VAS 6542- onto reducing agent
thoris
con‐ tee
or
tainer ⇒ ETKA , turn union nut COUNTER clockwise au until both ac
ss
threads engage with each other. Then turn union nut clockwise

ce
le

to stop.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
♦ 5) Position reducing agent container on engine and gearbox
erm

ab
jack - VAG 1383 A- with adapter plate - VAG 1383 A-1- .

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Note

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Note that the height difference between the reducing agent con‐
tainer and the reducing agent tank filler neck lies in the range of
60-80 cm, dimension -A-.

rrectnes
♦ 6) Place union nut onto tank filler neck -arrow- and screw on

s o
to stop.
cial p

f inform
♦ 7) Open shut-off tap of breather line -8-.
mer

atio
m

♦ 8) Open shut-off tap of filler line -6-; tank filling begins from this
o

n
c

point on. i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

Caution
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
To prevent overfilling, ensure that filling process (when shut- Cop py
t. rig
off tap of breather line is open) is completed within 10 minutes. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
The reducing agent tank is filled to maximum when the following
can be recognised:
♦ The container noticeably collapses.
♦ The breather hose is filled with fluid.
If the container is emptied completely during the filling process
and no fluid has escaped from the breather hose as yet, repeat
points 3 to 8 of the procedure.

4. Descriptions of work: 53
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ 9) Close shut-off tap of tank filler line -6-.


♦ 10) Now close shut-off tap of breather line -8- on container.
♦ 11) Separate quick-release coupling on breather line -3-.
♦ 12) Drain excessive fluid into a suitable container -2- for re‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ducing agent (AdBlue®). lkswagen oes
no o t gu
yV
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
Note aut ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

♦ The procedure is finished when the reducing agent tank au‐


pt
du

an

tomatically has the correct fill level.


itte

y li
erm

ab

♦ After replenishing, switch on ignition for at least 20 seconds,


ility
ot p

so that the replenished reducing agent (AdBlue®) can be rec‐


wit
, is n

ognised by the system.


h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Caution

Excessive reducing agent (AdBlue®) must be disposed of and


rrectness of i

must not be reused.


l purpos

Observe the disposal regulations: ⇒ ServiceNet → Environ‐


mental protection → Workshop disposal ! Ask your importer
nf
ercia

about country-specific information on disposal.


orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

♦ 12) When no further fluid flows out of breather line, remove


or

thi
e

filling device - VAS 6542- from tank filler neck.


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

♦ 13) Clean reducing agent tank filler neck and tank sealing cap
o

m
f

en

using a water-soaked, lint-free cotton cloth.


ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove container from adapter plate and place on the floor. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ 14) Open shut-off tap of filler line -6-, and allow remaining fluid
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
to flow back into container. Prote AG.

♦ 15) Remove filling device - VAS 6542- from container.

54 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.10.6 Work after filling reducing agent tank


– Screw in tank cap -1- of tank filler neck until it engages.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Carefully insert sealing plug -1-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Install spare wheel -2- (if available), tightening wing nut -3-
t.
yi Co
op
hand-tight. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Insert foam part (if fitted) beneath floor covering. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Fold floor covering -1- down and pull forwards.
AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 55
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.10.7 Cleaning the filling device - VAS 6542-


– Open both shut-off taps, and clean or flush through all parts of
filling device - VAS 6542- under flowing water.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
4.11 Reducing agent (AdBlue®): changing author eo
ra
ss c
Procedure

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
⇒ Power unit; Rep. gr. 26 ; SCR system (selective catalytic re‐
itte

y li
duction); Draining reducing agent tank
erm

ab
ility
ot p

4.12 Tyres: checking condition, wear pattern,

wit
, is n

h re
tyre pressure and tread depth
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

This chapter provides information on the following subjects:

t to the co
Checking condition of tyres ⇒ page 57
Checking wear pattern ⇒ page 57

rrectness of i
Checking tread depth of tyres (including spare wheel)
l purpos

⇒ page 57
General notes ⇒ page 58

nform
mercia

Tyre pressure: checking and correcting if necessary at


om

i
⇒ page 59
on
c

in t
or

Storing tyre pressure values ⇒ page 60


his
ate

do
priv

Special tools and workshop equipment required


um
for

en
ng

t.
♦ Tyre inflator - VAS 5216-
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

56 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.12.1 Tyres: checking condition


For delivery inspection:
– Check tyre treads and side walls for damage and remove for‐
eign bodies such as, for example, nails or glass splinters.

WARNING agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
If damage is determined, always check to see if a new ris tyre
ed
nte
should be fitted. ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du
For service:

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Check tyre treads and side walls for damage and remove for‐

ility
eign bodies such as, for example, nails or glass splinters. ot p

wit
, is n

h re
– Check tyres for cupping, one-sided wear, porous side walls,
hole

spec
cuts and punctures.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
WARNING

rrectness of i
The customer must be informed of any faults found.
l purpos

4.12.2 Wear pattern: checking

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

Note
o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
a

The wear pattern on the front tyres will indicate, for example, if
iv

o
r
rp

cu
toe and camber settings should be checked:
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Possible causes of fault: C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
♦ Feathering on tread indicates incorrect toe setting. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ One-sided tread wear is mainly attributed to incorrect camber.
AG.

– When wear of this nature is detected, determine cause by


checking alignment (repair measure).

4.12.3 Tread depth: checking (including spare


wheel)
– Check tyre tread depth.
Minimum tread depth: 1.6 mm

Note

♦ This figure may vary according to legislation in individual coun‐


tries.
♦ The minimum tread depth is reached when the tyres have
worn down level with the 1.6 mm high tread wear indicators
positioned at intervals around the tyre.
♦ If the tread depth is approaching the minimum allowed depth,
inform the customer.

4. Descriptions of work: 57
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
4.12.4 General information ir se
d byV ua
ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
WARNING ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
♦ For safety reasons, only tyres of same type and tread pat‐

y li
erm

ab
tern should be fitted on a vehicle! Approved wheel and tyre

ility
ot p
combinations, e.g. ⇒ Running gear; Rep. gr. 44 ; Touareg

wit
as of model year 2003

, is n

h re
hole
♦ On vehicles with four-wheel drive, tyres of the same type

spec
and tread pattern must be used. Otherwise the centre dif‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
ferential may be damaged.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

♦ Tyre pressures for the relevant model can also be found on a

nform
ercia

sticker. It is attached to the inside of tank flap or to B-pillar.


m

at
om

♦ Please note that the indicated pressures apply to cold tyres.

ion
c

Do not reduce increased pressures of warm tyres.

in t
or

his
ate

♦ Tyre pressures for the relevant model can also be found on a

do
priv

c
sticker. It is attached to the inside of tank flap or to B-pillar.

um
for

en
ng

t.
♦ Adjust the tyre pressure to suit the vehicle load.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ If no inflation pressure is shown for the spare wheel, then in‐
gh ht
yri by
flate the spare wheel to the highest inflation pressure for the
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
vehicle.
agen
Prote AG.

♦ For vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring (TPM), the new tyre
pressures must be adapted ⇒ page 60 .

M+S tyres

Note

♦ Important information on recommended winter tyres can be


found in:
♦ ⇒ Wheel and tyre guide - Standard; Rep. gr. 44 ; Recom‐
mended winter tyres (Running gear → Wheel and tyre guide -
Standard → Rep. Gr. 44 → Recommended winter tyres)
♦ If winter tyres are fitted, a sticker, visible for the customer and
indicating the speed limit, must be applied in the interior of the
vehicle.
♦ For winter tyres, the tyre pressure does not have be increased.
However, this applies only if the winter tyre used corresponds
exactly to the standard summer tyre size and the speed index
is no higher than “H”. If this is not the case, please refer to the
recommendation of the tyre manufacturer.

Note

For technical reasons it is possible that several cross references


are not directed to the correct chapter. In this case select the pro‐
cedure manually in the information.

58 4. Descriptions of work:
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua Touareg 2003 ➤
d ran
ir se
tho Maintenance
tee
or - Edition 03.2018
au ac
ss
4.12.5 Tyre pressure: checking and correcting

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
if necessary

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Note is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

The mandatory tyre pressures for the respective model can be

t to the co
found on a sticker attached to the inside of tank flap or to the B-
pillar.

rrectne
Check tyre pressure using tyre inflator - VAS 5216- , correct if
necessary.

ss
Tyre pressure table for Touareg ⇒ page 59

o
cial p

f inform
Tyre pressure table for Touareg GP ⇒ page 59
mer

atio
Tyre pressure table for Touareg
om

n
c

i
or

n
Half load Full load

thi
te

sd
a

bar/psi bar/psi
iv

o
pr

cum
r

Tyre size Front Rear Front Rear


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
235/70 R16 2.4/35
t. Cop
2.5/36 2.4/35
py
rig 2.9/42
gh
235/65 R17 2.5/36 2.6/38 2.6/38 3.0/44
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
205/60 R17 2.5/36 Prote
cted 2.6/38
AG.
agen
2.5/36 3.0/44
235/60 R18 2.7/39 2.7/39 2.9/42 3.2/46
255/55 R18 2.6/38 2.9/42 2.8/39 3.1/45
255/50 R19 2.8/39 3.0/44 3.0/44 3.4/49
255/50 R19 M&S 3.0/44 3.0/44 3.1/45 3.4/49
275/45 R19 2.7/39 3.0/44 2.8/39 3.2/46
275/45 R19 M&S 2.8/41 2.8/41 3.0/44 3.2/46
275/40 R20 2.8/39 3.0/44 3.0/44 3.4/49
275/40 R20 3.0/44 3.0/44 3.1/45 3.4/49
295/35 R21 2.7/39 2.9/42 2.8/39 3.4/49
295/35 R21 3.0/44 3.0/44 3.1/45 3.4/49
195/80 171) 3.5/51 3.5/51 3.5/51 3.5/51
195/75 181) 3.5/51 3.5/51 3.5/51 3.5/51
1) Temporary spare wheel (collapsible spare wheel)
Tyre pressure table for Touareg GP

Half load Full load


bar/psi bar/psi
Engine Tyre size Front Rear Front Rear
VR6 FSI 235/65 R17 2.3/33 2.6/38 2.5/36 3.1/45
255/60 R17
255/55 R18
275/45 R19
235/60 R18 2.4/35 2.8/41 2.7/39 3.3/48
255/50 R19
275/40 R20
V8 FSI 235/60 R17 2.5/36 2.7/39 2.7/39 3.2/46
255/60 R17

4. Descriptions of work: 59
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Half load Full load


bar/psi bar/psi
Engine Tyre size Front Rear Front Rear
255/55 R18
275/45 R19
235/60 R18 2.7/39 2.9/42 2.8/41 3.4/49
255/50 R19
275/40 R20
W12 235/65 R17 2.6/38 2.7/39 2.8/41 3.2/46
255/60 R17 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
255/55 R18 y Volksw not
gu
d b ara
275/45 R19 orise nte
eo
th
235/60 R18 2.8/41ss au
2.9/42 3.0/44 3.4/49
ra
c
255/50 R19

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

275/40 R20
itte

y li
rm

ab
R5 TDI All types of tyres 2.3/33 2.5/36 2.6/38 3.0/44
pe

ility
ot

wit
V6 TDI 235/65 R17 2.4/35 2.5/36 2.5/36 3.0/44
, is n

h re
255/60 R17
hole

spec
255/55 R18
es, in part or in w

t to the co
275/45 R19
235/60 R18 2.5/36 2.7/39 2.7/39 3.1/45

rrectness of i
255/50 R19
l purpos

275/40 R20
V10 TDI 235/65 R17 2.8/41 2.8/41 3.1/45 3.4/49

nform
ercia

255/60 R17
m

a
255/55 R18
com

tion in
275/45 R19
r
te o

thi
s
iva

235/60 R18 3.0/44 3.0/44 3.1/45 3.4/49


do
r
rp

cum
255/50 R19
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
275/40 R20
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Vehicles for the North American market
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
VR6 FSI 255/60 R17 --- --- 2.7/39 3.2/46
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
V8 FSI
AG.
255/55 R18
275/45 R19
V10 TDI 255/55 R18 --- --- 2.8/41 3.2/46
275/45 R19
Temporary spare wheel (collapsible spare wheel)
For all vehicles 195/80 R17 3.5/51 3.5/51 3.5/51 3.5/51
195/75 R18
1) Temporary spare wheel (collapsible spare wheel)

4.13 Storing tyre pressure values


• Correct tyre pressure must be adjusted ⇒ page 56
• Tyres must be cold
– Switch on ignition.

60 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Press button -1- to activate function of menu selection in dis‐


play of dash panel insert.
– Use knurled wheel -2- to select menu item “Tyre pressure”.

When menu item “Tyre pressure” is marked in display -1-, confirm


selection by pressing knurled wheel.
– In the submenu “tyre pressure monitoring”, turn knurled wheel
until item “Save” is marked in display -1- and save current
pressure by pressing knurled wheel.
– Then drive vehicle without interruption for approx. 8-10 mi‐
nutes.

4.14 Brakes, front and rear: checking thick‐


ness of brake pads and condition of
brake discs
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pliers - 3314- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Torque wrench (40-200 Nm) - V.A.G 1332/-


rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ Electric hand torch and mirror rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 61
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Note

The adapter to loosen and tighten the anti-theft wheel bolts can
be found in the vehicle tool kit.

Front brake pads:


– For better evaluation of remaining pad thickness, use a test
mirror and, if necessary, remove the wheel on the side where
the brake pad wear indicator is installed.
– If necessary, pull off wheel bolt covers using pliers - 3314- .
– Mark position of wheel relative to brake disc.
– Unbolt wheel bolts and remove wheel.
– Measure thickness of inner and outer pads.
a - Brake pad thickness without backplate
Wear dimension: 2 mm
The brake pads have reached their wear limit at a pad thickness
of 2 mm (without backplate) and must be renewed (repair meas‐
ure). Inform customer!

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
e
♦ When replacinghoris
brake pads, always check brake discs ase well
nte
for wear!s aut or
ac
s
♦ Checking and if necessary replacing the brake discs is a repair
ce
e
nl

pt
du

measure.
an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility

– Check brake disc for wear ⇒ Brake system ⇒ Rep. gr. 46 ⇒


ot p

wit

Repairing front brakes


, is n

h re
hole

– Install wheel in marked position.


spec
es, in part or in w

– Tighten wheel bolts diagonally and alternately to following


t to the co

specified torque:
Specified torque: 180 Nm
rrectness of i

– Place adapter in vehicle tool kit after completing work.


l purpos

– Fit wheel bolt covers if necessary.


nf
ercia

Rear brake pads:


orm
m

– Illuminate area behind hole in wheel using an electric hand


atio
m

torch.
o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

62 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Inspect outer pad to determine thickness.


– Illuminate inner pad with an electric hand torch and mirror.
– Inspect inner pad to determine thickness.
a - Inner and outer pad thickness without backplate
Wear dimension: 2 mm
The brake pads have reached their wear limit at a pad thickness
of 2 mm (without backplate) and must be renewed (repair meas‐
ure). Inform customer! n AG. Volkswagen A age G do
ksw es n
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
Note horis tee
t or
au ac
ss
♦ When replacing brake pads, always check brake discs as well

ce
e
nl

for wear!

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Checking and if necessary replacing the brake discs is a repair
erm

ab
measure.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
– Check brake disc for wear ⇒ Brake system ⇒ Rep. gr. 46 ⇒
hole

spec
Repairing rear brakes
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Brake discs: checking condition
Check all brake discs for the following damage pattern:

rrectness of i
♦ Cracks
l purpos

♦ Scoring
♦ Rust (no surface rust) nf
ercia

or

♦ Degree of wear at the ridge along the circumference


m
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi

Note
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Inform customer if brake disc damage is similar to these damage


o

m
f

en
ng

patterns. Renewing the brake discs is a repair measure.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
4.15 Brake system and shock absorbers: in‐
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
specting for leaks and damage
Check following components for leaks and damage:
♦ Brake master cylinder
♦ Hydraulic unit
♦ Brake pressure regulator and
♦ Brake caliper
♦ Shock absorbers (during inspection only)
♦ Presence of dust caps on brake fluid bleeder valves
– Ensure that brake hoses are not twisted.
– Additionally ensure that brake hoses do not touch any vehicle
components when steering is at full lock.
– Check brake hoses for porosity or brittleness.
– Check brake hoses and lines for chafing.
– Check brake connections and fastenings for correct seating,
leaks and corrosion.

4. Descriptions of work: 63
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

WARNING

Faults found must always be rectified (repair measure).

4.16 Changing brake fluid


Instructions for use and safety ⇒ page 64
Brake fluid specification ⇒ page 64
Changing brake fluid ⇒ page 64

4.16.1 Operation and safety notes


swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
WARNING ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ Never allow brake fluid to come into contact with fluids that

ce
le
un

pt
contain mineral oils (e.g. oil, petrol, cleaning agents). Min‐

an
d
itte

eral oils damage the seals and boots in the brake system.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
♦ Brake fluid is poisonous. In addition, due to its corrosive
ot

nature, it must not come into contact with paint.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ Brake fluid is hygroscopic, which means it absorbs mois‐

spec
ture from the ambient air and should therefore always be
es, in part or in w

t to the co
stored in air-tight containers.
♦ Rinse off spilled brake fluid using plenty of water.

rrectness of i
♦ Do not reuse drained (used) brake fluid.
l purpos

♦ Observe relevant disposal regulations.

nform
ercia

4.16.2 Brake fluid specification


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

Caution
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

• For this vehicle only brake fluid VW 501 14 - B 000 750-


um
fo

en
g

must be used.
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
4.16.3 Procedure, changing brake fluid
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Brake filling and bleeding equipment - VAS 5234-

64 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Brake bleeding wrench - VAS 5519-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
♦ Brake bleeding tool - VAS 6564-
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

Observe ⇒ operating instructions for -VAS 5234- !

atio
om

– Adjust correct pressure on brake filling and bleeding equip‐

n
c

i
or

n
ment - VAS 5234- »Running gear, brake systems« ⇒ Running

thi
te

sd
a

gear, brake systems; Rep. gr. 47 ; Bleeding brake system


iv

o
r

»Bleeding brake system«.


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
– Release securing bolts -1- and -2- and remove cover upwards. Cop
yi Co
py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 65
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Touareg 2003 ➤ orise nte
h eo
Maintenance - Edition
aut 03.2018 ra
c
ss

ce
le
– Unscrew cap -1- from brake fluid reservoir.

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Extract as much brake fluid as possible using suction hose

rm

ab
from brake filling and bleeding equipment -VAS 5234- with
pe

ility
strainer installed. ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Ensure that no brake fluid runs through the strainer after com‐
pleting extraction (the brake fluid level in the reservoir must be

rrectness of i
even with the lower edge of the strainer).
l purpos

WARNING

nform
ercia

Do not reuse drained (used) brake fluid.


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
Observe ⇒ operating instructions for -VAS 5234- !

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
– Adjust correct pressure on brake filling and bleeding equip‐
fo

en
g

ment - VAS 5234- »Running gear, brake systems« ⇒ Running


n

t.
yi Co
op
gear, brake systems; Rep. gr. 47 ; Bleeding brake system C py
t. rig
»Bleeding brake system«.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Place brake pedal depressor -V.A.G 1869/2- between driver cted agen
Prote AG.
seat and brake pedal and tension it.
– Screw adapter onto brake fluid reservoir.
Vehicles with manual gearbox
Changing brake fluid in clutch system: ⇒ Power transmission/
Manual gearbox ⇒ Rep. gr. 30 ⇒ Bleeding clutch system
Continuation for all vehicles
– Connect filler hose of -VAS 5234- to adapter.
– Remove caps from bleeder screws of brake calipers.
– Push collector bottle bleeder hose onto rear bleeder screw
1)
, open bleeder screw, and let appropriate quantity of brake
fluid run out. Close bleeder screw, torque: »Running gear,
brake systems« ⇒ Running gear, brake systems; Rep. gr. 47 ;
Repairing rear brake caliper »Repairing rear brake caliper«.

Note

Make sure to use a suitable bleeder hose. It must seat tightly on


bleed screw so that no air can enter the brake system.

1) Start at rear right of left-hand drive vehicles and at rear left of right-hand drive
vehicles.

Repeat procedure on other side of vehicle at rear.

Note

If brake caliper has 2 valves, connect first the outer and then the
inner bleeder valve.

66 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Push collector bottle bleed hose onto front bleeder screw


2)
, open bleeder screw and let appropriate quantity of brake
fluid run out (see following table). Close bleed screw. Torque:
»Running gear, brake systems« ⇒ Running gear, brake sys‐
tems; Rep. gr. 47 ; Repairing front brake caliper »Repairing
front brake caliper«
2) Start at front right of left-hand drive vehicles and at front left of right-hand drive
vehicles.

Repeat procedure on other side of vehicle at front.


Table: Sequence and quantity of brake fluid

Sequence: Clutch slave cylinder, wheel brake Quantity of brake fluid which must flow out:
cylinder, brake calipers
Bleeder valve clutch slave cylinder 0.15 l
Rear right 0.25 l
Rear left 0.25 l
Front right 0.25 l
Front left 0.25 l

Total quantity: approx. w1.15


agen litres
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oe
ks s no
Vol t gu
– Fit caps on ebleeder
db
y screws of brake calipers. ara
ris nte
o
– Set fill alever
ut
h of brake filling and bleeding equipment - e or a
VAS s5234-
s to position -B- (see operating instructions). c
ce
e
nl

pt

– Take filler hose off adapter.


du

an
itte

y li

– Unscrew adapter from brake fluid reservoir.


erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Check brake fluid level and correct if necessary.


wit
, is n

h re

– Screw on cap -1- of brake fluid reservoir.


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Install cover.
t to the co

– Remove brake pedal depressor.


– Check pedal pressure and brake pedal free play. Free play:
rrectness of i

max. 1/3 of pedal travel.


l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

4.17 Brake fluid level (dependent upon brake


or

thi
te

sd

pad/lining wear): check.


iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

Instructions for use and safety ⇒ page 64


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Brake fluid specification ⇒ page 64 t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Procedure, brake fluid level (dependent upon lining/pad wear):
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
checking ⇒ page 68
agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 67
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.17.1 Procedure, brake fluid level (dependent


upon lining/pad wear): checking
– Release securing bolts -1- and -2- and remove cover upwards.
Please note the following:

Brake fluid level at delivery inspection:


– For the delivery inspection the fluid level must be at MAX.
marking -1-.

Note
Volkswagen AG
In order that brake fluid does not overflow the reservoir, kMAX
swa
gen AG
.
does
marking -1- must not be exceeded. by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
ho eo
Brake fluid level at inspection service au
t ra
c
ss
The fluid level must always be judged in conjunction with lining/

ce
le
un

pt
pad wear.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
When vehicle is in use, fluid level tends to drop slightly due to
pe

ility
lining/pad wear and automatic adjustment.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

• Recommended brake fluid level, if brake pads are almost at

spec
wear limit:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
“At MIN. marking or just above” -2-, “REPLENISHING IS NOT
REQUIRED”.
rrectness of i
• Recommended brake fluid level when brake pads are new or
well within wear limit:
l purpos

“Between MIN and MAX marking”.


nform
ercia

WARNING
m

a
com

tion in

If fluid level is below MIN. marking -2-, the brake system should
r
te o

thi

be checked before fluid is topped up “Repair measure”


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
4.18 Diesel particulate filter: renewing
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
Installation position of diesel particulate filter, see vehicle under‐
co lksw
by
cted agen
side. Prote AG.

– Removing and installing diesel particulate filter ⇒ Diesel en‐


gine ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ⇒ Removing and installing parts of the
exhaust system.

68 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Note
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Every time the diesel particulate filter is changed,
ksw
ag the ash mass does
not
Vol
comparison adaption must be set toed»0«,by ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic gu
ara
tester ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
c
ss
4.19 Electric windows: checking positioning

ce
e
nl

pt
du
(open and close functions)

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

WARNING

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
After batteries (in luggage compartment and/or left front seat)
es, in part or in w

have been disconnected and reconnected, the roll-back func‐

t to the co
tion of the electric window regulators is disabled. Severe pinch‐
ing injuries could result!

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

nform
ercia

♦ After batteries (in luggage compartment and/or beneath left


m

front seat) have been disconnected and reconnected, one-

at
om

io
touch window operation is disabled.

n
c

in t
or

his
e

♦ Therefore, with immediate effect, before a new vehicle is de‐


at

do
riv

livered, the window regulators must be reactivated.


p

cum
for

en
g

♦ Once the windows have been repositioned, the batteries must


n

t.
yi Co
not be disconnected again. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Carry out the following procedure to reactivate the automatic by c lksw
cted agen
functions of the window regulators: Prote AG.

Note

The following work description applies to the front left window


regulator. Reactivate the other window automatic functions in the
same manner by operating the respective switch in the driver
door.

– Close all doors and windows completely.


– Switch on ignition.
– Open front left side window by pressing and holding switch in
driver door.
– Completely close front left side window by pulling and holding
switch in driver door and release switch.
– Pull switch again for 1 second. The side window must now go
up or down by itself when switch is briefly pulled or pressed.

4. Descriptions of work: 69
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.20 Vehicles with reversing camera system:


Check number plate
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut
For vehicles with reversing camera system it is not
s a permitted to ra
c
install an additional number plate bracket or an additional number s

ce
e
nl
plate mounting. Additional information see ⇒ Electrical system ⇒

pt
du

an
Rep. gr. 94 ⇒ Reversing camera system/General notes

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
4.21 Vehicle system test: Carry out test ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .

spec
es, in part or in w

– Switch on ignition.

t to the co
– Select operating mode “Guided fault finding” on display.

rrectness of i
– Then perform vehicle identification on vehicle diagnostic test‐
er .
l purpos

The programme now automatically performs a vehicle system test


and reads all control units available for this vehicle type.

nform
ercia

– Press > button.


m

at
om

io
Now all faults are listed.

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

Note
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ At this point it is useful to change to operating mode guided Cop py
functions to carry out further operations with vehicle diagnostic
ht. rig
rig ht
by
tester and to prevent a second vehicle identification on vehicle copy Vo
by lksw
diagnostic tester . cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ To do this, press button operating mode and then guided func‐


tions.
♦ For further procedure see respective work descriptions.
♦ To return to guided fault finding, press button operating mode
and then guided fault finding.

Caution

The vehicle must always be delivered to the customer with


event memory cleared.

Static faults
If one or more static faults are found in the fault memory, we rec‐
ommend in agreement with the customer to rectify these faults
using guided fault finding.
Sporadic faults
If only sporadic faults or notes are stored in the event memory
and the customer has no complaints regarding the electronic ve‐
hicle system, erase event memory.
– Press > button again to reach the test plan.
– Now finish guided fault finding using GoTo button and then
End.
All event memories are read again.

70 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Now it is confirmed on display that all sporadic faults have been


cleared.
Then the diagnostic log is sent “online” or stored on the vehicle
diagnostic tester .

Note
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ If the vehicle diagnosticotester
lksw
ag is not connected to thenonetwork,
does
the diagnostic log eisd bstored and will be sent when the vehicle
yV t gu
ara
diagnostic tester
ho
ri is connected to the network.
s nte
e t or
au
♦ Logs storedssand which are more than 40 days old will be
ac
cleared automatically.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
The vehicle system test is completed.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

4.22 Front airbag for the front passenger:

wit
, is n

h re
Check activation / deactivation
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
There are vehicles which are fitted with automatic passenger air‐
bag deactivation (e.g. vehicles for the North American market).
l purpos

This is performed by a seat occupancy recognition and not man‐


ually by the key switch.

nf
ercia

or
– Check “On / Off function” of key switch as follows:
m
m

atio
om

Front passenger airbag deactivated


n in
or c

thi
e

– Switch off ignition.


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Turn ignition key -1- in key-operated switch in centre console


o

m
f

en
ng

to position “perpendicular to direction of travel”.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Check if warning lamp -2- “AIRBAG OFF” in centre console
t. rig
gh ht
yri
lights up continuously with ignition switched on. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Switch off ignition. Prote AG.

Front passenger airbag activated


– Switch off ignition.

– Turn ignition key -1- in key-operated switch in centre console


to position “direction of travel”.
– Check if warning lamp -2- “AIRBAG OFF” in centre console
does not light up with ignition switched on.
– Switch off ignition.

WARNING

The front passenger airbag must only be deactivated if in ex‐


ceptional cases a child is transported in a rear-facing child seat
on the front passenger seat.

4. Descriptions of work: 71
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
4.23 Bonnet catch hook: grease. ol ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Special tools and workshop equipmentau required
th or
ac
ss
♦ Universal oil spray G 000 115 A2

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Vehicle must be at least at room temperature.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Lubricate bonnet arrester with universal oil spray G 000 115

t to the co
A2 at points marked with -arrows-.
– Operate moving parts several times so that universal oil is able

rrectness of i
to penetrate.
l purpos

– Remove any excess lubricant using a lint-free cloth.

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

4.24 Multi-purpose additive for petrol fuel:


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
adding
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Note
AG.

♦ Applies only to Chinese, Russian and Indian markets


♦ Use only additives satisfying the standards VW 507 53 A or
VW 507 53 B.
♦ Observe the dosing instructions on the additive tank.
♦ After adding the additive, always recommend that the custom‐
er fill up the tank completely in order for the additive to be the
most effective.

– Fill multi-purpose additive for petrol fuels into regular fuel tank
during each service.
China Russia India
– Use VW 507 53 B for all petrol – Use VW 507 53 B for all petrol – Use VW 507 53 B for all petrol
engines, including CNG and engines, including CNG and engines, including CNG and
MultiFuel (E85) engines. MultiFuel (E85) engines. MultiFuel (E85) engines.

– Use VW 507 53 A: for all petrol – Use VW 507 53 A: for all petrol
engines, excluding CNG and engines, excluding CNG and
MultiFuel (E85) engines. MultiFuel (E85) engines.
♦ Multi-purpose additive - G 001 ♦ Multi-purpose additive - G 001 ♦ Multi-purpose additive - G 001
780-M3- 780-M3- 780-M3-
♦ Multi-purpose additive - G 001 ♦ Multi-purpose additive - G 001
770-A2- 770-A2-

– Observe dosing instructions on – Observe dosing instructions on – Observe dosing instructions on


additive tank. additive tank. additive tank.

72 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.25 Gearbox, final drive (especially on flang‐


es) and drive shaft bellows: inspect for
leaks and damage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
4.25.1 Boots: inspecting
olk ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
Carry outauthe following procedure:
tho
or
ac
ss
– Check outer bellows and inner bellows -arrows- for leaks and

ce
e
nl

damage.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
, is n

h re
Also check protective bellows on rear axle.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

4.26 Dust and pollen filter: cleaning housing

nform
ercia

and renewing filter element


m

at
om

i
Procedure
on
c

in t
or

Heating, ventilation, air conditioning system ⇒ Rep. gr. 80 →


his
ate

Repairing heating system → Removing and installing dust and


do
priv

pollen filter
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Note
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
For technical reasons it is possible that several cross references Prote AG.
are not directed to the correct chapter. In this case select the pro‐
cedure manually in the information.

4.27 Poly V-belt: checking condition


Carry out the following procedure:
– Remove engine cover panel, if necessary.

4. Descriptions of work: 73
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Check poly V-belt -1- for:


♦ Sub-surface cracks (cracks, core ruptures, cross sectional
breaks)
♦ Layer separation (top layer, cord strands)
♦ Base break-up
♦ Frayed cord strands
♦ Flank wear (material wear, frayed flanks, flank brittleness -
glassy flanks-, surface cracks)
♦ Traces of oil and grease
– Install engine cover panel.

Note

If faults are found, it is essential for the poly V-belt to be renewed.


This can avoid breakdowns and malfunctions.
n AG. VolkswagenThe replacement
AG do
wage
of a poly V-belt is a repairy Vomeasure.
lks es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au
4.28 Diesel fuel filter: draining water
ss
ac
ce
le
un

pt
Draining water from diesel fuel filter, 6-cylinder diesel engines
an
d
itte

⇒ page 74
y li
erm

ab
ility

4.28.1 Draining water from diesel fuel filter, 6-


ot p

wit
is n

cylinder diesel engines


h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Special tools and workshop equipment required


t to the co

♦ Diesel extractor - VAS 5226-


rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109 .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove water extraction plug -arrow A-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert hose of diesel extractor - VAS 5226- into water extrac‐
tion hole, using a suitable adapter.
– Extract approx. 100 ml diesel fuel using diesel extractor - VAS
5226- .
– Renew seal of water extraction plug.
– Tighten water extraction plug to 5 Nm.

74 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.29 Diesel fuel filter: renewing (diesel en‐


gine)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Replacing diesel fuel filter: 6-cylinder lkdiesel
swa
genengines oes
not
⇒ page 75 db
y Vo gu
ara
rise nte
Renewing diesel fuel filter: u10-cylinder
tho diesel engines (vehicles eo
ra
with engine codes AYH, sBKW)
sa ⇒ page 77 . c

ce
le
Renewing diesel fuel filter: 10-cylinder diesel engines (vehicles
un

pt
an
d

with engine codes BLE and BWF) ⇒ page 80 .


itte

y li
rm

ab
Replacing diesel fuel filter: 5-cylinder diesel engines
pe

ility
ot

⇒ page 82

wit
, is n

h re
4.29.1 Renewing diesel fuel filter: 6-cylinder
hole

spec
diesel engines
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
l purpos

Please note, for engine codes CASA, CASB and CATA, the fuel
system must be bled after changing the diesel fuel filter.

nform
ercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required


m

a
com

tio
♦ Diesel extractor - VAS 5226-

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109 .


Removing:

Note

♦ Ensure that no diesel fuel contacts coolant hoses.


♦ Clean hoses immediately if soiled.
♦ Please observe disposal instructions!

Carry out the following procedure:


– Remove water extraction plug -arrow A-.
– Insert hose of diesel extractor - VAS 5226- into water extrac‐
tion hole, using a suitable adapter.
– Extract approx. 100 ml diesel fuel using diesel extractor - VAS
5226- .
– Renew seal of water extraction plug.
– Tighten water extraction plug to 5 Nm.

4. Descriptions of work: 75
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Remove bolts -arrows B-.


– Remove diesel fuel filter upper part -1- and fuel lines connec‐
ted.
– Remove old seal -2- from diesel fuel filter upper part
-arrows A-.
– Pull diesel fuel filter element -4- out of diesel fuel filter lower
part on retainer -3-.

Note

Please observe disposal instructions!

Caution

Remove any dirt and water residues from diesel fuel filter lower
part.

Installing:

Caution

The seals -2- and -4- and diesel fuel filter element -3- must be
renewed. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
– ris
Insert new diesel fuel filter telement in diesel fuel filter lower
ho eo
part and slightly turn to limit
au stop. ra
c
ss
ce
e

– Insert new seal -4- in diesel fuel filter lower part -5-.
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Install new seal -2- on diesel fuel filter upper part -1-
rrectness of i

-arrows-.
l purpos

The seal -2- must be flush on diesel fuel filter upper part -1-
-arrows A-.
nform
ercia

– Place retainer of diesel fuel filter element -3- in direction of


m

retaining lugs -arrows B-.


at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

76 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Fit diesel fuel filter upper part and seal on diesel fuel filter lower
part and screw in bolts approx. one turn.

Caution

Ensure correct installation position of fuel filter upper part to


fuel filter lower part. -Arrows A- and -arrows B- must align.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Tighten bolts -arrows B- alternately and diagonally.olkswagen oes
not
yV gu
– Tighten bolts to 10 Nm torque. db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Bleeding fuel system for engine codes: CASA,
s au CASB and CATA ra
c
s

ce
le

– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Select “Guided functions”.
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Perform vehicle identification.
ot

wit
, is n

– Select respective engine in guided functions and then function

h re
hole

“Bleeding fuel system”.

spec
es, in part or in w

– Follow the instructions of vehicle diagnostic tester .

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
l purpos

If there is still air in the fuel system, the engine can change to
emergency running mode during road test. Switch off engine, and
clear event memory.

nform
mercia

a
com

tio
4.29.2 Renewing diesel fuel filter: 10-cylinder

n in
r
te o

thi
diesel engines (vehicles with engine co‐
s
iva

do
r

des AYH, BKW)


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Note
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
♦ There are two different diesel fuel filter systems.
Prote AG.

♦ On system 1 the diesel fuel filter is located on the engine below


the engine cover.
♦ On system 2 the diesel fuel filter is located in engine compart‐
ment, left on suspension turret. Removing and installing diesel
fuel filter ⇒ page 75 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

4. Descriptions of work: 77
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Diesel extractor - VAS 5226-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109 .

t to the co
Removing:
– Remove plug -arrow- from water drainage connection of diesel

rrectne
fuel filter housing.
– Extract diesel fuel from side water drainage connection of die‐

ss
sel fuel filter housing -arrow- using -V.A.G 1390- and -

o
cial p

f i
V.A.G 1390/1- .

nform
mer

– Screw in plug again and tighten to 3 Nm.

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Remove connection for fuel hoses: op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove connection with lines from
AG.

filter housing.

Remove diesel fuel filter cover:


– Remove cover bolts -arrows- for diesel fuel filter housing and
remove cover.

78 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Pull filter elements -3- off cover -1-.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Please observe autdisposal instructions!
ho eo
ra
ss c

ce
le

Installing:
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Insert new filters -3- and renew seal -2-.

t to the co
– Install diesel fuel filter cover -1-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Tighten diesel fuel filter cover bolts -arrows- to 8 Nm.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 79
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Install connection for fuel hoses.

Note

Renew seal between diesel fuel filter cover and connection for
fuel hoses.

– Tighten bolts -arrows- to 8 Nm.


Bleeding fuel system
To ensure the engine starts immediately after changing the diesel
fuel filter, bleed the fuel system using vehicle
swa
gdiagnostic
en AG. V tester . does
olkswagen AG
k not
Vol gu
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester
ed ⇒ page 19 .
by ara
nte
ris
ho eo
– Switch ignition on. aut ra
ss c
– Select “Guided functions”.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Perform vehicle identification.
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Select “Systems capable of self-diagnosis”/“Diesel direct in‐

ility
ot p

jection and glow plug system”/“Functions”/“Bleeding fuel sys‐

wit
, is n

tem”.

h re
hole

spec
– Follow the instructions of vehicle diagnostic tester .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– After bleeding, exit “Guided functions” using GoTo button.

rrectness of i
4.29.3 Renewing diesel fuel filter: 10-cylinder
diesel engines (vehicles with engine co‐
l purpos

des BLE and BWF)


nf
ercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required orm


m

atio
m

♦ Diesel extractor - VAS 5226-


o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109 .


Removing:

Note

♦ Ensure that no diesel fuel contacts coolant hoses.


♦ Clean hoses immediately if soiled.
♦ Please observe disposal instructions!

80 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Carry out the following procedure:


– Remove water extraction plug -arrow A-.
– Insert hose of diesel extractor - VAS 5226- into water extrac‐
tion hole, using a suitable adapter.
– Extract approx. 100 ml diesel fuel using diesel extractor - VAS
5226- .
– Renew seal of water extraction plug.
– Tighten water extraction plug to 5 Nm.

– Remove bolts -arrows B-.


– Remove diesel fuel filter upper part -1- and fuel lines connec‐
ted.
– Remove old seal -2- from diesel fuel filter upper part
-arrows A-.
– Pull diesel fuel filter element -4- out of diesel fuel filter lower
part on retainer -3-.

Note

Please observe disposal instructions!

Caution

Remove any dirt and water residues from diesel fuel filter lower
part.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Installing: lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
Caution ut
hor eo
ra
s a c
s
The seals -2- and -4- and diesel fuel filter element -3- must be
ce
e
nl

pt
du

renewed.
an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Insert new diesel fuel filter element in diesel fuel filter lower
wit
, is n

part and slightly turn to limit stop.


h re
hole

spec

– Insert new seal -4- in diesel fuel filter lower part -5-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw

81
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Install new seal -2- on diesel fuel filter upper part -1-
-arrows-.
The seal -2- must be flush on diesel fuel filter upper part -1-
-arrows A-.
– Place retainer of diesel fuel filter element -3- in direction of
retaining lugs -arrows B-.

– Fit diesel fuel filter upper part and seal on diesel fuel filter lower
part and screw in bolts approx. one turn.

Caution

Ensure correct installation position of fuel filter upper part to


fuel filter lower part. -Arrows A- and -arrows B- must align.

– Tighten bolts -arrows B- alternately and diagonally.


– Tighten bolts to 10 Nm torque.
Bleeding fuel system:
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .
– Select “Guided functions”.
– Perform vehicle identification.
G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage e
– Select respective Vengine
olks in guided functions and
s no
tthen
gu function
by
“Bleeding fuel
isedsystem”. ara
nt
r ee
tho
– Follow the
au instructions of vehicle diagnostic tester .
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Note
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

If there is still air in the fuel system, the engine can change to
wit
is n

emergency running mode during road test. Switch off engine, and
h re

clear event memory.


ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

4.29.4 Renewing diesel fuel filter: 5-cylinder


diesel engines
rrectne

Special tools and workshop equipment required


ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo

82
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
4. Descriptions of work:
AG.
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Spring-type clip pliers - VAS 6499-

Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109 .


Removing:
– The diesel fuel filter -1- is located in the engine compartment,
on the left in front of the bulkhead.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

– Note fuel line identification on diesel fuel filter.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Return line (marked blue) -2- identified with “RT” (return line
to tank).
♦ Supply line (marked black) -3- identified with “VF” (supply line
rrectness of i

to filter).
l purpos

♦ Return line -9- identified with “RT” (return line to filter).


♦ Supply line -8- identified with “VM” (supply line to engine).
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 83
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– To pull off lines, press release button on connecting piece.


Remove diesel fuel filter -5- by loosening securing clip -1- from
bracket -4- using spring-type clip pliers - VAS 6499- and remove
filter upwards.

Note

♦ Note installation position of diesel fuel filter!


♦ Please observe disposal instructions!

Installing:

– Insert new filter -5-.


– Secure diesel fuel filter -5- on bracket A-4-
G. Vwith
olkswclip
agen-1-.
A gen G do
swa es
– Push lines onto diesel fuel bfilter
y V connections and ensure se‐t gua
olk no
cure seating. ris
ed ran
te
tho eo
Bleeding fuel system ss au ra
c
ce
le

To ensure the engine starts immediately after changing the diesel


un

pt
an

fuel filter, bleed the fuel system using vehicle diagnostic tester .
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .


pe

ility
ot

wit

– Switch ignition on.


, is n

h re
hole

– Select “Guided functions”.


spec
es, in part or in w

– Perform vehicle identification.


t to the co

– Select “Systems capable of self-diagnosis”/“Diesel direct in‐


jection and glow plug system”/“Functions”/“Bleeding fuel sys‐
rrectness of i

tem”.
l purpos

– Follow the instructions of vehicle diagnostic tester .


– After bleeding, exit “Guided functions” using GoTo button.
nform
mercia

4.30 Interior and exterior body: inspecting for


com

tion in

corrosion with doors and flaps open


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

Test locations
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

♦ Sliding roof frame


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Inner and outer door frame
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Area around trim strips
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Windscreen roof edge
♦ Outer and inner A-pillar
♦ Bonnet
♦ Wheel arches
♦ Inner and outer tailgate

84 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.31 Compass in roof module: Set compass


zones
The compass indicates the direction, in which the vehicle drives.
The correct geographic zone must be set for a correct display.
Compass zone: setting
– Your geographic zone can be read off of the zone map.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

– With ignition switched on press button -3-.


– Select the symbol “N” using the function buttons -2- in display
ss

-1- and confirm with OK .


o
cial p

f in

– To set the compass zone, select with function buttons -2- the
form
mer

selected zone between “1 and 15” and confirm with OK .


atio
om

The selected zone is saved, the compass reading appears in the


c

i
or

display.
thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 85
Touareg 2003 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw not
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018 by Vol
gu
ara
d
rise nte
o eo
4.32 Cooling system: checking frost protec‐
th
au ra
ss c
tion and coolant level

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
♦ The water used for mixing has a major influence on the effec‐

hole

spec
tiveness of the coolant. Because the water quality differs from

es, in part or in w
country to country and even from region to region, the quality

t to the co
of the water to be used in the cooling system has been speci‐
fied by Volkswagen. Distilled water fulfils all requirements.
Therefore, only ever use distilled water when mixing coolant

rrectness of i
for topping up or renewing coolant.

l purpos
♦ Use only coolant additives which conform with the ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue (ETKA) . Other coolant additives may
reduce corrosion protection substantially. The resulting dam‐

nf
ercia

o
age could lead to loss of coolant and subsequent severe

rm
damage to the motor.
m

atio
om

n in
c

♦ Mixed in the proper proportions, coolant inhibits frost and cor‐


or

thi
rosion damage as well as scaling. Furthermore, the boiling
te

sd
a

point is raised. For these reasons, the cooling system must be


iv

o
r
rp

cu
filled all year round with a coolant additive.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
♦ Because of its high boiling point, the coolant improves engine
Co
op py
reliability under heavy loads, particularly in countries with trop‐
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
ical climates. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Use ONLY refractometer - T10007A- for determining current Prote AG.

anti-freeze value.
♦ Frost protection must be guaranteed down to -25°C as a min‐
imum and, in countries with arctic conditions, down to approx.
-36°C. Increasing the frost protection is permissible only if cli‐
matic conditions require stronger frost protection. It may, how‐
ever, be increased only to a maximum of -48°C. Otherwise,
the cooling effect will be impaired.
♦ Do not reduce the coolant concentration by adding water even
in the warm season or in hot countries. Frost protection must
be guaranteed down to at least -25°C.
♦ Read anti-freeze figures from the respective scale for type of
anti-freeze added.
♦ The temperature read off the refractometer - T10007A- corre‐
sponds the »ice flocculation point«. Flakes of ice may start
forming in the coolant at this temperature.
♦ Never reuse old coolant.
♦ Use only a water/coolant additive mixture as a slip agent for
coolant hoses.

4.32.1 Frost protection: checking, replenishing


coolant additive if necessary
Special tools and workshop equipment required

86 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Refractometer - T10007 A-

Note

Read precise value for the following tests at light/dark boundary.


Using a pipette, place a drop of water on the glass to improve the
readability of the light/dark boundary. The bright/dark boundary
can be clearly recognised on the “WATERLINE”.

– Check concentration of coolant additive using refractometer -


T10007 A- (refer to operating instructions).
The scale -1- of the refractometer is calibrated for coolant addi‐
tives G12; G12 Plus, G12 Plus Plus and G11.
The scale -2- is only calibrated for coolant additive G13.
– If frost protection is insufficient, drain coolant and supplement
coolant additive ⇒ page 87 .
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Note by Volk not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or
♦ If athe
ut currently used coolant additive cannot be determined
h eo
ra
sprecisely, use the scale -2- for coolant additive G13.c
s
ce
e
nl

pt

♦ Please observe disposal instructions!


du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

– Check coolant additive concentration after road test again.


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

4.32.2 Coolant level: checking, replenishing


hole

spec

coolant if necessary
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Cooling system charge unit - VAS 6096-
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 87
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Adapter - V.A.G 1274/8-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
Check coolant level in expansion tank with engine cold.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unscrew cap -1- from expansion tank.
♦ Delivery inspection: Coolant level at max. marking.
♦ Inspection: Coolant level between min. and max. marking.
– If coolant is too low, add required amount according to mixture
ratio.

Note

Small quantities of coolant can be replenished. For larger quan‐


tities use the cooling system charge unit - VAS 6096- .

Note operating instructions for cooling system charge unit - VAS


6096- .

Note

♦ If fluid loss is greater than can be expected through normal


use, determine source and rectify (repair measure).
♦ Coolant level: checking, replenishing coolant if necessary

88 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.32.3 Mixing ratio:

Caution

Use only distilled water for mixing coolant additives. The use
of distilled water ensures optimum protection against corro‐
sion.

Frost protection to Coolant additive Distilled water


portion
-25 °C approx. 40% approx. 60 %
-36 °C approx. 50 % approx. 50 %

4.33 Air filter: cleaning housing and renewing


filter element

Note

♦ Vehicles with 5- and 6-cylinder engines are equipped with one


air filter.
♦ Vehicles with 8, 10 and 12-cylinder engines have two air filters
in the engine compartment.

Removing and installing air filter element for 10-cylinder diesel


engines ⇒ page 89 . wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
Removing and installing air filter element for 5-cylindereddiesel
by en‐ ara
gines ⇒ page 92 . thoris nte
eo
au ra
Removing and installing air filter element for 6, s8s and 12-cylinder c

ce
e

petrol engines ⇒ page 95 .


nl

pt
du

an
itte

Removing and installing air filter element for 6-cylinder diesel en‐

y li
erm

ab
gines ⇒ page 97 .

ility
ot p

wit
4.33.1 Removing and installing filter element
, is n

h re
hole

on 10-cylinder engines spec


es, in part or in w

t to the co
Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109 .
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

The removal and installation of the left air filter element is descri‐
nform
ercia

bed below. The right air filter element is removed and installed in
m

the same manner.


at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 89
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Open spring retainers -1-.


– Remove securing pins for intake hose -2-.
Remove intake hose securing pins:

– Turn pin until marking -1- aligns with marking on air filter hous‐
ing -3-.
– Pull out securing pin upwards.
– Pull off intake hose.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Disconnect lines to air filter housing -arrow- as follows:


wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

90 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Press locking ring -1- off flange of lineV-3-
olksusing screwdriver
wa not
-C-. ed
by gu
ara
is nte
or
– Press securing sleeve -2- in direction
au
th of arrow and pull line eo
ra
-A- off line -B- at the same time.
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
– Pull out upper part of air filter upwards.

du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Note ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Note installation position of air filter element!

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove air filter element -A-.

rrectness of i
– If necessary, blow out air filter housing with compressed air
l purpos

and install new air filter element.


Installing

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Install air filter element -A-.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

♦ Ensure that sealing surfaces of air filter housing are properly


seated.
♦ Do not pinch cables or lines.

Carry out the following procedure:

– Secure air filter housing with spring clips -1-.

4. Descriptions of work: 91
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Touareg 2003 ➤ horis tee
t or
Maintenance - Editions au03.2018 ac
s

ce
le
un
– Push line -arrow- together again.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
– Then press locking ring -1- onto flange of line -3- until it can
ercia

be heard to engage.
m

a
com

tio
– Install intake hose.

n in
r
te o

thi
Install intake hose securing pins as follows:

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert securing pins so that marking on pin -1- and marking on


air filter housing -2- align.
– Install engine cover panel.

4.33.2 Air filter element for 5-cylinder diesel en‐


gines: removing and installing
Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109 .

92 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Removing
– Open clips -1-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Remove securing pins for intake dhoseby
V -2-. gu
ara
ise nte
r
Remove intake hose securing pins:
ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Turn pin until marking -1- aligns with marking on air filter hous‐
m

at
om

i
ing -3-.

on
c

in t
or

– Pull out securing pin upwards.

his
ate

do
riv

– Pull off intake hose.


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Disconnect lines to air filter housing -arrow- as follows:

4. Descriptions of work: 93
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Press locking ring -1- off flange of line -3- using screwdriver
-C-.
– Press securing sleeve -2- in direction of arrow and pull line
-A- off line -B- at the same time.
– Pull out air filter housing part upwards.

Note

Note installation position of air filter element!

– Remove air filter element -A-.


– If necessary, blow out air filter housing with compressed air
and install new air filter element.
Installing
– Install air filter element.
– Fit air filter housing upper part to filter housing
agen lower part. AG do
AG. Volkswagen
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
Note tho or
au ac
ss
♦ Ensure that sealing surfaces of air filter housing are properly

ce
e
nl

pt
du

seated.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Do not pinch cables or lines.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
– Secure air filter housing with spring clips -1-.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

94 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Push line -arrow- together again.

– Then press locking ring -1- onto flange of line -3- until it can
be heard to engage.
– Install intake hose.
Install intake hose securing pins as follows:

– Insert securing pins so that marking on pin -1- and marking on


air filter housing -2- align.
– Install engine cover ⇒ page 109

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

4.33.3 Removing and installing air filter ele‐


t to the co

ment for 6, 8 and 12-cylinder petrol en‐


gines
rrectne

Removing
ss o

Remove engine cover if necessary ⇒ page 109 .


cial p

f inform

– Loosen coolant hose from clips.


mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
95
by c lksw
cted
4. Descriptions of work:
agen
Prote AG.
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Open clips -1-.


– Pull connector -3- off throttle valve module.
– Remove throttle valve module bolts -2-.

– Disconnect lines to air filter housing -arrow- as follows:

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– On the rear line, press locking ring -1- off flange of line -3-

y li
erm

ab
using screwdriver -C-.

ility
ot p

– Press securing sleeve -2- in direction of arrow and pull line

wit
, is n

h re
-A- off line -B- at the same time.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

o
– On front line, press securing ring -B- together and pull line

rm
m

atio
-A- off air filter housing.
om

n in
c

– Pull out air filter housing part upwards.


or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

Note
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Note installation position of air filter element!
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

96 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Remove air filter element -A-.


– If necessary, blow out air filter housing with compressed air
and install new air filter element.
Installing
– Install air filter element.

Note

♦ Ensure that sealing surfaces of air filter housing are properly


seated.
♦ Do not pinch cables or lines.

– Secure air filter housing with spring clips -1-.


– Bolt on throttle valve module -2- and tighten to 3 Nm.
– Reconnect connector -3-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Push line -arrow-
yV
otogether
lksw again. not
gu
b ara
ed
– Then press horislocking ring -1- onto flange of line -3- until
nte it can
eo
be heardau to engage.
t ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Reconnect line -A- until it engages.


rrectne

– Clip coolant hose into clips.


s

– Install engine cover panel.


s o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
4.33.4 Air filter element for 6-cylinder diesel en‐
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
gines: removing and installing
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109 .

4. Descriptions of work: 97
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Open clips -1-.


– Pull connector -3- off throttle valve module.
– Remove throttle valve module bolts -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
– Disconnect lines
s au to air filter housing -arrow- as follows: ra
c
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
– Press locking ring -1- off flange of line -3- using screwdriver
ss
-C-.
o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press upper part of air filter -1- off lower part of air filter -3-.

98 4. Descriptions of work:
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Pull air filter housing upper part -1- out upwards of retaining
lug openings -arrows B-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Remove air filter element -A-.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– If necessary, blow out air filter housing with compressed air

wit
is n

and install new air filter element.

h re
ole,

spec
Installing
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

– Install air filter element -A-.

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert air filter housing upper part with retaining lugs


-arrows A- into holes of air filter housing lower part
-arrows B-.

4. Descriptions of work: 99
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Seal air filter element -2- with air filter housing upper part -1-.

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
♦ Ensure that sealing y V surfaces of air filter housing are
olks ot g properly
seated. ir se
d b ua
ran
tee
ho
♦ Do not pinch
aut
cables or lines. or
ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

– Secure air filter housing with spring clips -1-.

h re
hole

spec
– Bolt on throttle valve module -2- and tighten to 3 Nm.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Reconnect connector -3-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

– Push line -arrow- together again.


s
iva

do
r
rp

– Then press locking ring -1- onto flange of line -3- until it can
um
fo

en
g

be heard to engage.
n

t.
yi Co
op py
– Install engine cover ⇒ page 109
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.34 Engine oil level: checking


Please note the following:
– After shutting off engine, wait at least 3 minutes so that the oil
can flow back into the sump.
– Pull out dipstick and wipe with a clean cloth and then push
dipstick in again to limit stop.
– Pull dipstick out again and read oil level.

Note

Please observe disposal instructions!

Note

Oil level must always be in area A for the delivery inspection.

100 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

A - Do not fill oil. AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
lksw not
B - Oil can be replenished up todareaby
V -A-.
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
C - Oil must be replenished.utOil level must then be at least in upper
ho eo
ra
third of measuring area -B-.
ss a c

ce
le
– If oil level is above marking -A-, drain or extract excess oil to
un

pt
an
d
prevent damage to catalytic converter.
itte

y li
erm

ab
– If oil level is below marking -C-, replenish oil to marking -A-.

ility
ot p

Oil specification ⇒ page 7

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
4.35 Engine oil: draining or extracting, renew‐
ing oil filter and replenishing engine oil

rrectne
Engine oil capacities: ⇒ Power unit ⇒ Rep. gr. 17 ⇒ Engine oil
or in ⇒ Maintenance tables

ss o
cial p

f
Draining or extracting engine oil 3) ⇒ page 101

inform
mer

Renew oil filter ⇒ page 102

atio
m

Engine oil: replenishing ⇒ page 108


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

3) For 8-cylinder and 12-cylinder engines it is not permitted to extract engine oil.
t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
4.35.1 Engine oil: draining or extracting

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Caution
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ For engines with standing oil filter the oil filter must be re‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
newed before changing the engine oil ⇒ page 102 . When
removing the filter element a valve is opened, the oil in the
filter housing automatically flows into crankcase.
♦ For 8-cylinder and 12-cylinder engines it is not permitted
to extract engine oil.
♦ The oil drain plug is fitted with a secure seal, therefore the
oil drain plug must always be renewed.

4. Descriptions of work: 101


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Touareg 2003 ➤ d by
V gu
ara
e nte
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018 horis
eo
aut ra
ss c
– Extract engine oil using used oil collection and extraction unit

ce
e
nl
- V.A.G 1782- .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
or

erm

ab
ility
ot p
– Remove oil drain plug.

wit
, is n

h re
– Clean M24 oil drain plug and fit new seal. The M14 oil drain

hole

spec
plug with integrated seal must always be renewed. ⇒ Elec‐

es, in part or in w
tronic Parts Catalogue ETKA

t to the co
– Let engine oil drain.

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

Please observe disposal instructions!

nf
ercia

orm
m

– Screw in oil drain plug together with seal hand-tight and then

atio
m

tighten to specified torque.


o

n in
or c

thi
– Replenish engine oil, specification ⇒ page 7 .
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
Specified torques:
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
♦ Oil drain plug M14: 30 Nm
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Oil drain plug M24: 50 Nm
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

♦ Torque specifications must not be exceeded.


♦ Excessive torque can cause leaks in the area of the oil
drain plug or even damage.

4.35.2 Oil filter: renewing


Renewing oil filter on 5-cylinder diesel engine ⇒ page 102
Renewing oil filter on 6-cylinder petrol engine ⇒ page 106
Renewing oil filter on 6-cylinder diesel engine ⇒ page 107
Renewing oil filter on 8-cylinder petrol engine ⇒ page 103
Renewing oil filter on 10-cylinder diesel engine ⇒ page 105
Renewing oil filter on 12-cylinder petrol engine ⇒ page 106

4.35.3 Renewing oil filter on 5-cylinder diesel


engine
Removing

Note

♦ Please observe disposal instructions!


♦ Oil new O-rings before installing.
♦ Prevent engine oil from dripping onto components in engine
compartment.

102 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Loosen threaded cover -1- on hexagonal flats or along perim‐


eter and remove.
– Clean sealing surfaces on threaded cap and oil filter housing.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Renew oil filter element -3- and new O-rings -2- and -4-.
rm

ab
pe

ility
Installing
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Install threaded cover -1- and tighten to 25 Nm.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
4.35.4 Renewing oil filer on 8-cylinder petrol
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
engine, engine codes AXQ and BHX
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing

Note

♦ Please observe disposal instructions!


♦ Oil new O-rings before installing.

– Remove oil drain plug -1- of threaded cover and drain oil.
– Loosen threaded cover -2- on hexagonal flats -1- or along pe‐
rimeter, and remove.

4. Descriptions of work: 103


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Clean sealing surfaces on threaded cap and oil filter housing.


– Renew filter element -5-.
Installing
– Install threaded cap -3- with new O-ring -4- and tighten to 25
Nm. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
– Fit oil drain plug -1- with new seal -2-edand
by tighten to 10 Nm.
V ua
ran
ris tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
4.35.5 Renewing oil filter on 8-cylinder FSI en‐
gine with engine code BAR

ss o
cial p

Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109

f inform
mer

Special tools and workshop equipment required

atio
m

♦ Socket insert - SW 32- .


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Removing
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
♦ Please observe disposal instructions! yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
♦ Oil new O-rings before installing.
agen
Prote AG.

– Cover area around oil filter sealing cap e.g. with oil spill cloth
- VAS 6204/1- .
– Release sealing cap -arrow- using a 32 mm socket.
– Remove sealing cap together with oil filter element.

104 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Separate oil filter element -3- from sealing cap -1-.


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
– Clean sealing surfaces on threaded cap and oil filter o housing.
lks es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
Installing ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Renew oil filter element -3-. ss

ce
e
nl
– Install sealing cap -1- with new O-rings -2- and -4- and tighten

pt
du

an
itte
to 35 Nm.

y li
erm

ab
Further assembly is basically the reverse of the removal proce‐

ility
ot p
dure.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

4.35.6 Oil filter on 10-cylinder diesel engine: re‐


m

at
om

newing

ion
c

in t
or

his
e

Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109


at

do
priv

c
Removing

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Note gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
♦ Please observe disposal instructions! Prote AG.

♦ Oil new O-rings before installing.

– Cover engine with a cloth.


– Remove threaded cap from filter housing using tool -T10192- .
– Clean sealing surfaces on threaded cap and oil filter housing.

– Renew filter element -3-.


Installing
– Install threaded cap -1- with new O-rings -2- and -4- and tight‐
en to 25 Nm.

4. Descriptions of work: 105


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.35.7 Oil filter on 6-cylinder petrol engine: re‐ Volkswa


AG. gen AG
newing Volksw
agen does
not
y gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Note s au ra
c
s

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Please observe disposal instructions!

an
d
itte

y li
♦ Oil new O-rings before installing.

rm

ab
pe

ility
ot
♦ Prevent engine oil from dripping onto subframe.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Carry out the following procedure:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove oil drain plug -1- of threaded cover and drain oil.
– Loosen threaded cover -2- on hexagonal flats -1- or along pe‐
rimeter, and remove.

rrectness of i
– Clean sealing surfaces on threaded cap and oil filter housing.
l purpos

Installing

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

– Renew filter element -4- and seal -3-.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Install threaded cap -2- with new O-ring and tighten to 25 Nm. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
– Fit oil drain plug -1- with new seal, and tighten it to 10 Nm.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.35.8 Oil filter on 12-cylinder petrol engine: re‐


newing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench (5 - 50 Nm) - V.A.G 1331-

106 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Removing

Note

♦ Please observe disposal instructions!


♦ Oil new O-rings before installing.
♦ Prevent engine oil from dripping onto components in engine
compartment.
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Remove oil drain
olks
waplug
ge -1- of threaded cover
G do
es n and drain oil.
o
V t gu
by a
– Loosenristhreaded
ed cover -3- on hexagonal flats -2-
ran or along pe‐
tee
rimeter,
ut
ho and remove. or
a ac
ss
– Clean sealing surfaces on threaded cap and oil filter housing.

ce
le
un

pt
an
Installing
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

– Renew filter element -5-.


com

tion in
r

– Install threaded cap -3- with new O-ring -4- and tighten to 25
te o

thi

Nm.
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

– Fit oil drain plug -1- with new seal -2- and tighten to 10 Nm.
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Further assembly is basically the reverse of the removal proce‐
Cop py
t. rig
dure. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.35.9 Oil filter on 6-cylinder diesel engine: re‐


newing
Remove engine cover ⇒ page 109
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket insert - SW 32- .

4. Descriptions of work: 107


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Removing

Note

♦ Please observe disposal instructions!


♦ Oil new O-rings before installing.

– Cover area around oil filter sealing cap e.g. with oil spill cloth
- VAS 6204/1- .
– Release sealing cap -arrow- using a 32 mm socket.
– Remove sealing cap together with oil filter element.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
– Separate oil filter belement
yV
ol
-3- from sealing cap -1-. ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
– Clean sealingth surfaces on threaded cap and oil filter housing.
o tee
or
au ac
Installing ss
ce
le
un

pt

– Renew oil filter element -3-.


an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

– Install sealing cap -1- with new O-rings -2- and -4- and tighten
pe

ility

to 35 Nm.
ot

wit
, is n

h re

Further assembly is basically the reverse of the removal proce‐


hole

dure.
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tio

4.35.10 Engine oil: replenishing


n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

Oil specifications, see ⇒ page 7


do
r
rp

cum
fo

General information
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Note p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Please observe disposal instructions!

– After replenishing with oil, wait at least 3 minutes and then


check oil level.
– Pull out dipstick, wipe with a clean cloth and push dipstick in
again to limit stop.

108 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Pull dipstick out again and read oil level.


A - Do not fill oil.
B - Oil can be replenished up to area -A-.
C - Oil must be replenished. Oil level must then be at least in upper
third of measuring area -B-.
– If oil level is above marking -A-, drain or extract excess oil to
prevent damage to catalytic converter.
– If oil level is below marking -C-, replenish oil to marking -A-.
Oil specification ⇒ page 7
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
4.36 Engine cover panel -top-: Removing and aut
hor eo
ra
installing ss c

ce
le
un

pt
Side engine cover panel

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Remove right engine cover panel as follows:

ility
ot p

wit
– Lever off cover -2-.
is n

h re
ole,

– Pull engine cover panel out of fastenings -arrows-, and remove

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

it upwards.

t to the co
Centre engine cover panel for 6-cylinder petrol engine

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Unclip engine compartment covers -1- and -2- and remove Prote AG.
upwards.

Caution

♦ Do not push with the fist or a tool on the engine cover panel
when it is installed or engaged at securing points, it could
be damaged.

Centre engine cover for 10-cylinder diesel engine


Removing:

4. Descriptions of work: 109


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Pull out oil dipstick -2-.


– Unclip cover -1- from fastenings -arrows- and pull off upwards.
Installing:
– Fit engine cover -1- at securing points A-arrows-
G. Volkswaand
gen Apress
G do on
until it engages. agen es n
olksw ot
V y gu
db ara
– Do not forget dipstick -2-.
or
ise nte
th eo
s au ra
c
s
Caution

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
♦ Do not push with the fist or a tool on the engine cover panel
erm

ab
when it is installed or engaged at securing points, it could

ility
ot p

be damaged.

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Centre engine compartment cover for 6-cylinder diesel engine

t to the co
(TDI common rail)
Removing:

rrectne
– First pull engine cover off at front with both hands (from driver
perspective) -arrows-, then lift at rear with both hands (in bulk‐

ss
head area).

o
cial p

f inform
mer

Note

atio
om

n
c

i
or

♦ Do not lift engine cover panel abruptly when pulling off. n thi
te

sd
iva

♦ Do not cant engine cover panel when pulling off!


pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Installing: t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
Place engine cover on securing points, observe oil filler neck and p by
o Vo
by c
oil dipstick.
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution

♦ Do not push with the fist or a tool on the engine cover panel
when it is installed or engaged at securing points, it could
be damaged.

– Press engine cover at front securing points, so that the cover


engages.
– Then press engine cover at rear securing points, so that the
cover engages.

4.37 Engine cover - bottom (noise insulation):


removing and installing

Note

♦ On some vehicles the engine compartment is fitted from below


with an additional skid plate.
♦ Removing and installing skid plate ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior ⇒ Rep. gr. 50 ⇒ Skid plate .

110 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.37.1 Front side noise insulation

Note

♦ Fastenings for the front left side noise insulation are shown in
the figure. Fastenings for the right side are the mirror image.
♦ To remove or install the front noise insulation, the bolts on the
side must be removed or installed.

– First remove bolts -1- and then -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
4.37.2 Front and rear noise insulation
ss aut ra
c ce
le

– Remove bolts -A-.


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

– First remove front noise insulation -3-.


erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Then remove bolts -B-.


wit
is n

h re

– Pull rear noise insulation -2- out of spring tabs -1-.


ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Tighten bolts to 8 Nm torque.


t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

4.38 Engine and components in engine com‐


t.
yi Co
Cop py
partment: inspecting for leaks and dam‐
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
age (from above and below)
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Inspect as follows:
– Check engine and components in engine compartment for
leaks and damage.
– Check lines, hoses and connections of
♦ Fuel system
♦ Cooling and heating system
♦ Lubrication system
♦ Air conditioning system

4. Descriptions of work: 111


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Intake system
♦ And brake system
For leaks, abrasions, porosity and brittleness.

Caution

Arrange for defects to be rectified as repair measures.


If fluid loss is greater than can be expected through normal use,
determine source and rectify (repair measure).

4.39 Tyre repair set: checking if bottle is dam‐


aged or used; checking shelf life of tyre
sealant
The tyre repair set is located in the spare wheel well -arrow-
The tyre repair set consists of the compressor and a filler bottle
with tyre sealant.

Note

♦ The tyre sealant in the bottle has a limited shelf life.


♦ Therefore the expiry date is indicated
wage
n AG. Von
olksthe
wagbottle
en AG -arrow-.
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
This example shows that the expiry date 05/2003 has been ex‐
ce
le
un

pt

ceeded, then the bottle has to be renewed.


an
d
itte

y li
rm

– Check the expiry date.


ab
pe

ility
ot

– Renew tyre sealant if the expiry date has been reached.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Caution
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ The tyre sealant must not be more than 4 years old.


♦ When the bottle has been opened e.g. at a "flat tyre", it
rrectness of i

has also to be renewed.


l purpos

nform
ercia

Note
m

a
com

tion in

♦ Residual tyre sealant or bottles which are filled and the expiry
r
te o

date has been exceeded, must be disposed of.


thi
s
iva

do
r

♦ Old tyre sealant or residual sealant must not be mixed and


rp

cum
fo

disposed of with other fluids.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Please observe disposal instructions!
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
4.40 Road test: performing (driving behav‐
Prote AG.

iour, noises, air conditioner etc.)


Which of the following can be checked depends on vehicle equip‐
ment and local conditions (urban/country).
Check the following during a road test:

112 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Engine: output, misfiring, idling speed, acceleration


– Clutch: pulling away, pedal pressure, odours agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Gear selection: ease of operation, stick position ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
– Automatic gearbox: selector lever position, shiftaut lock/ignition
h o eo
ra
key removal lock, shift behaviour, dash panels insert display.
s c

ce
le
un
– Foot brake: Function, free travel and effectiveness, pulling to

pt
an
d
itte
one side, juddering, squealing.

y li
erm

ab
– Parking brake: Sufficient effect for public roads after 5-7 clicks

ility
ot p
at latest. Free travel of operating lever until braking effect be‐

wit
is n

h re
gins, 2-3 clicks.

ole,

spec
– ABS function: Pulsing must be felt at the brake pedal during urposes, in part or in wh
ABS-regulated braking.

t to the co
– Steering: function, steering free clearance, steering wheel
centred when vehicle is travelling straight ahead

rrectne
– Tilting roof: function

ss
– Radio/radio navigation system: function, reception, GALA, in‐

o
cial p

f
terference noise

inform
mer

– Air conditioner: Check function (at low temperatures the func‐

atio
tion of air conditioner must be checked in a workshop)
om

n
c

i
or

n
– Vehicle: pulling to one side when travelling straight-ahead

thi
te

sd
(level road)
iva

o
pr

cum
r

– Imbalance: wheels, drive shafts, propshaft


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Wheel bearings: noises Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Engine: hot starting behaviour p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
4.41 Wheel securing bolts: tightening to
Prote AG.

specified torque
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332/-

4. Descriptions of work: 113


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Adapter set for tamper-proof wheel bolts - T10190-

♦ Adapter set for wheel bolts - T10313-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

The adapter to loosen and tighten the anti-theft wheel bolts can
ility
ot p

be found in the vehicle tool kit.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Ensure that wheel bolts are tightened diagonally and alternately


to the following torque setting:
rrectness of i

Specified torque: 180 Nm


l purpos

4.42 Radio code: reading using vehicle diag‐


nf
ercia

nostic tester
orm
m

atio
m

Authorization prerequisites for vehicle diagnostic tester


o

n in
or c

• The vehicle diagnostic tester is connected via the Central


thi
te

sd
a

Partner Network (CPN) with the central database (Carport,


iv

o
r
rp

cu

Fazit).
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
• Available access for the user of the system “GeKo” (secrecy
yi Co
op py
and component protection) t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Note
AG.

♦ The radio codes are also called security codes, they can be
read in the central database and can be displayed on display
of vehicle diagnostic tester .
♦ For radio activation the codes must be entered via radio but‐
tons, as previously.

Procedure
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .
– Switch on ignition.

114 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Touch the field or button on the screen for »GUIDED FUNC‐


TIONS«.
– Confirm with > button.
– Select one after another:
♦ Brand
♦ Model
♦ Model year
♦ Engine code
– Confirm vehicle identification.
– Select one after another:
♦ “Radio system”
♦ “Reading radio code”
– Read code according to the information of “GUIDED FUNC‐
TIONS”.
– Finish code reading as follows:
– Press the »GoTo« button on display -arrow-.
– Press »End« button on display.
– Press »End« button in End menu.
– Switch off ignition and separate diagnosis connections.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4.43 Radio/navigation system: Activating an‐ d by Volksw not
gu
ara
ti-theft coding thorise nte
eo
au ra
s c
♦ General information ⇒ page 115 s

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Activate anti-theft coding on Volkswagen radio systems

an
d
itte

y li
⇒ page 116
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Activate anti-theft coding on Volkswagen radio/navigation sys‐

wit
tems ⇒ page 117
is n

h re
ole,

4.43.1 General information

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
The anti-theft coding electronically prevents unauthorized per‐
sons from operating the unit after it has been removed from
vehicle.

rrectne
The anti-theft codes are also called radio codes or security codes.
s
Security code means that each unit with an anti-theft coding is
s o
cial p

programmed with its own code number.


f inform
mer

This security code is not active when leaving the factory.


atio
m

The security code is found on the unit card, if fitted.


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Or, the security code can be read using vehicle diagnostic tester
t

sd
va

of a central database, if the unit card is not fitted ⇒ page 114 .


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 115


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Note

♦ If SAFE appears on display when the unit is switched on, the


unit is locked!
♦ The unit must remain switched on for one hour, the lock will
then be released. The code can now be entered again.
♦ If the incorrect security code has been entered twice, the unit
is locked for an hour.
♦ Note: Always two attempts to enter the code, then the unit will
be locked for one hour.
♦ The units are fitted with an electronic convenience anti-theft
system, which is activated in conjunction with the dash panel
AG. Volkswagen AG d
insert. lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV
♦ After disconnecting the voltage supplyisof
ed the radio or naviga‐
b ua
ran
tion system, it is operational when ureconnecting
tho
r
to voltage tee
or
supply, without entering the security
ss a code again. ac

ce
le

♦ Prerequisite: the electronic anti-theft system has been initially


un

pt
an
d

activated, and the unit is reconnected in same vehicle.


itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
4.43.2 Activating anti-theft coding on Volkswa‐
ot

wit
, is n

gen radio systems

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Activate fixed code on DELTA radio system as follows:

t to the co
– Switch radio on.
”SAFE” appears on the digital display.

rrectness of i
– Enter radio code using station buttons 1 to 4.
l purpos

– Start with first station button 1 , and press repeatedly, until the
first number in the display matches the first digit of the radio
nform
ercia

code.
m

a
com

– Repeat procedure for digits 2, 3 and 4.


ion in
r
te o

– After entering the four-digit radio code, press one of the search
thi
s
iva

buttons for longer than 2 seconds.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

If the correct radio code has been entered, a radio frequency will
en
ng

t.
yi
appear automatically.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
The unit is now ready to operate.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
On the “Sound System” radio for vehicles for USA and Canada,
AG.

activate the fixed code as follows:


– Switch radio on.
The unit automatically displays "SAFE" and then "1000". For this
no buttons are used.
– With the help of station buttons 1 to 4 enter code number ap‐
plied on the radio card. Use button 1 to enter the first digit of
the code number, button 2 to enter the 2nd digit and so on.
– Then press and hold arrow button (located above FAD button)
until the anti-theft coding is activated. This is indicated by a
brief sound.
If the code number has been entered correctly into the radio unit,
a radio frequency appears on display.

116 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

On the radio system "Premium Sound System" for vehicles for


USA and Canada, activate the fixed code as follows:
– Switch radio on.
The unit automatically displays "SAFE" and then "1000". For this
no buttons are used.
– With the help of station buttonswa1geton A4Genter
. Volkswcode number
agen AG
does ap‐
s
plied on the radio card. Use y V button 1 to enter the first digit
olk not of
g
the code number, button ed b2 to enter the 2nd digit and so on. uara
ris nt ee
tho or
– Then press the station
au button, located below "OK" indicated ac
ss
on display (usually this is the last station button) and hold until

ce
e
nl

the anti-theft coding is activated. This is indicated by a brief

pt
du

an
sound.
itte

y li
erm

ab
If the code number has been entered correctly into the radio unit,

ility
ot p

a radio frequency appears on display.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
4.43.3 Activating anti-theft coding on Volkswa‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
gen radio/navigation systems
Activate fixed code on “RNS 510” as follows:

rrectness of i
– Switch on radio navigation system using press button -1-.
l purpos

– Enter code by turning rotary/push button -2- until number re‐


quired on number list -3- is highlighted and confirm each

nf
ercia

number by pressing the button briefly.

orm
m

– When the code has been entered fully confirm with “OK” by

atio
m

pressing rotary/push button -2-.


o

n in
or c

thi
e

If the correct code has been entered, the actual radio frequency
t

sd
iva

will appear after a short “learning phase”.


o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

The LED on the top right of the radio-navigation system must flash
en
ng

t.
yi Co
when the ignition key is removed. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
If the diode flashes, the radio navigation system is ready-for-use yri
p by
o Vo
and the anti-theft coding is activated.
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Activate fixed code on “radio/navigation system MFD 2” and on


“radio/navigation system MFD 2 DVD” as follows:
– Switch on radio navigation system using press button -1-.
– Enter code by turning rotary/push button -2- until number re‐
quired on number list -3- is highlighted and confirm each
number by pressing the button briefly.
– When the code has been entered fully confirm with “OK” by
pressing rotary/push button -2-.
If the correct code has been entered, the actual radio frequency
will appear after a short “learning phase”.
The LED on the top right of the radio-navigation system must flash
when the ignition key is removed.
If the diode flashes, the radio navigation system is ready-for-use
and the anti-theft coding is activated.

4. Descriptions of work: 117


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.44 Power assisted steering: check fluid lev‐


el.
Cold fluid:
– Do not start engine but bring front wheels to straight-ahead
position.
– Remove reservoir cap with built-in dipstick -arrow-.
– Wipe off dipstick using a clean cloth.
– Screw filler cap on hand tight and unscrew again.

Caution
G. Volkswagen AG d
The cap must be fully screwed on in order to obtain an accurate
lksw
agen
A
oes
not
fluid level reading. db
yV
o gu
ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
– Check fluid level: The fluid level must be in area of MIN. mark‐

ce
le
un

pt
ing (up to 2 mm above or below marking).

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Note
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ If fluid level is above specified range, fluid must be extracted.

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ If fluid level is below above-mentioned area, hydraulic system

t to the co
must be checked for leaks (repair measure). It is not sufficient
just to fill fluid.

rrectness of i
♦ If the hydraulic system is not leaking, fill fluid “G 002 000”.
l purpos

– Screw cap on hand tight.

nform
ercia

Fluid at operating temperature (above approx. 50° C)


m

a
– Do not start engine but bring front wheels to straight-ahead
com

tio
position.
n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

– Remove reservoir cap with built-in dipstick -arrow-.


r
rp

cum
fo

– Wipe off dipstick using a clean cloth.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Screw filler cap on hand tight and unscrew again.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Caution
cted agen
Prote AG.

The cap must be fully screwed on in order to obtain an accurate


fluid level reading.

118 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Check fluid level: The fluid level must be between MIN. and gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
MAX. marking. yV
olk not
gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au
Note ss
ac

ce
le
un

pt
♦ If fluid level is above MAX. marking, fluid must be extracted.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
♦ If fluid level is below MIN. marking, then hydraulic system must

pe

ility
be checked for leaks (repair measure). It is not sufficient just

ot

wit
, is n
to fill fluid. If the hydraulic system is not leaking, fill fluid

h re
“G 002 000”.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Screw cap on hand tight.

4.45 Headlight adjustment: Checking and ad‐

rrectness of i
justing as necessary
l purpos

Checking headlight adjustment ⇒ page 119

nform
ercia

Headlights with halogen bulbs: Adjust ⇒ page 124 .


m

a
Headlights with gas discharge bulbs without cornering light sys‐
com

tion in
tem: Adjust ⇒ page 122 .
r
te o

thi
Headlights with gas discharge bulbs with cornering light system:

s
iva

do
r

Adjust ⇒ page 123 .


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

Fog lights and other additional lights: Adjust ⇒ page 125 .


t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
4.45.1 Headlight adjustment; checking (using
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
test screen without 15° setting line)
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5046-

♦ or
♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5047-
♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5208A-
♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5209A-
♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5209B-
♦ Vehicle diagnostic tester
Conditions for testing and adjustment:
♦ Tyre pressures OK.
♦ Lenses must not be damaged or dirty
♦ Reflectors and bulbs OK.

4. Descriptions of work: 119


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

The vehicle must be rolled forward or backward several metres


or front and rear springs must be bounced fully several times so
that springs settle.
♦ The vehicle and the headlight adjuster must be on a level sur‐
face → Operating instructions for headlight adjusters VAS
5046, VAS 5047, VAS 5208A, VAS 5209A, wage
nVAS
AG. Vo5209B.
lkswagen AG
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
♦ Vehicle and headlight adjuster must
ed
by be aligned. ara
ris nte
♦ Inclination must be set. utho eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ Vehicles with air suspension: ensure vehicle is loaded cor‐

ce
e
nl

pt
rectly before entering basic settings.
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Before adjusting headlights on vehicles with gas discharge
erm

ab
ility
headlights, perform basic setting using vehicle diagnostic test‐
ot p

wit
er .
, is n

h re
hole

Inclination information in “%” is stamped into trim above headlight.

spec
Headlights must be adjusted according to this information. Per‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
centage given is based on a projection distance of 10 metres. For
example: inclination of 1.0 % converts to approx. 10 cm.
For vehicles in the North American market, an inclination of 0.7 %

rrectness of i
is to be set.
l purpos

The inclination for fog lights is 2.0%.

nform
ercia

Note
m

at
om

ion
c

♦ If the vehicle is equipped with separate dipped and main

in t
or

beam, adjust main beam additionally. When adjusting main


his
ate

beam ensure that the adjustment unit is set to 0%. do


priv

cum
for

♦ For NAR vehicles the side adjustment of headlight is not per‐


en
ng

t.
yi
mitted, therefore the adjustment screw is secured against
Co
op py
turning. Adjustment is only allowed once when the headlight
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
is to be exchanged. When the side adjustment screw has been p by
co Vo
adjusted once, it must be secured with a cap ⇒ Electronic
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
parts catalogue ETKA . In this case, push securing cap into
AG.

opening of lateral adjustment until it is correctly seated.

Loading: with one person or 75 kg on the driver seat and the ve‐
hicle otherwise unloaded (unladen weight).
The unladen weight is the weight of vehicle ready for operation
with a full fuel tank (at least 90 %) including weight of all equip‐
ment usually carried (e.g. spare wheel, tools, jack, fire extinguish‐
er etc.).
If the fuel tank is not at least 90 % full, then load as follows:
– Read level of fuel in fuel tank on fuel gauge. Determine addi‐
tional weight from following table and place weight in luggage
compartment.
Fuel gauge table
Fuel Petrol and diesel engines
gauge Additional weight in kg
To 1/4 60
To 1/2 40
To 3/4 20
Full 0
Example:
When the fuel tank is half full an additional weight of 40 kg must
be placed in the luggage compartment.

120 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Note

♦ For this purpose, a container filled with water or gravel can be


used, for example (a 5-litre fuel canister filled with water
weighs approx. 5 kg).
♦ Write the weight in kg on the container and secure it against
being opened again in order to prevent misuse.
♦ In order to avoid soiling vehicle, place a mat or covering of
some kind in the luggage compartment.

Notes for vehicles with halogen headlights:


Manual headlight range control (if fitted):
♦ The headlight range adjuster thumb wheel must be in basic
setting -0-.

Note

For certain export markets a manually regulated


AG. Volkswagen Aheadlight range
agen G do
control is not offered, thusVthe
olksw-0- position is discontinued.
es n
ot
by gu
ara
ed nte
ris
Headlights: tho eo
au ra
c
ss
Please check the following:
ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Whether, with the dipped beam switched on, the horizontal


an
itte

y li

light-dark border contacts the dividing line -1- of the test area
erm

ab

and
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Check, whether the breaking point -2- between the horizontal


h re

part of the light/dark border on the left and the rising part on
hole

spec

the right lies on the vertical line of the central point -3-. The
es, in part or in w

bright core of the light beam must be to the right of the vertical
t to the co

line.
rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

♦ To simplify finding the breaking point -2-, cover and uncover


left (from driver perspective) half of the headlight a few times.
nf
ercia

Then check dipped beam again.


rm
m

atio
m

♦ After correct adjustment of dipped beams, the centre point of


o

n in
c

the main beam must lie on the centre mark -3-.


or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Fog lights:
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Check whether the upper bright-dark boundary touches the Cop py
setting line and runs horizontally over the entire width of the
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
test screen. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Other additional lights:
AG.

Additionally retrofitted lights of other systems must be checked


and set according to valid guidelines.

4. Descriptions of work: 121


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
4.45.2 Headlights with gas discharge bulb with‐
o
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
out cornering light system: Adjust aut
hor eo
ra
ss c
Performing basic setting of headlight range control

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .

itte

y li
erm

ab
– Switch ignition on.

ility
ot p

wit
is n
– Select “Guided functions”.

h re
ole,

– Perform vehicle identification.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Select vehicle system “Automatic headlight range control”.
– Mark “Perform basic setting”, and confirm with ►.

rrectne
– Now the number of faults is read, if “0” faults are found, select
“Done”.

ss
– Observe notes displayed and confirm by selecting “Done”.

o
cial p

f in
– Switch on dipped beam and confirm with “Done”.

form
mer

atio
– Adjust headlights as follows:
om

n
c

i
or

n
Left headlight up to model year 2005

thi
te

sd
va

Lateral adjustment of left headlight


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

1 - Horizontal dipped beam adjustment

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
2 - Horizontal main beam adjustment
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
– Turn lateral dipped beam adjustment screw -1- and lateral
co Vo
by lksw
cted
main beam adjustment screw -2- until the correct setting is
agen
Prote AG.
achieved.

Height adjustment of left headlight:


1 - Vertical dipped beam and main beam adjustment
– Turn vertical adjustment screw -1- until correct setting is at‐
tained.
The adjustment screws for the right headlight are a mirror image.
Left headlight from model year 2007

122 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Height adjustment of left headlight:


– Adjust adjustment screws using a hexagon key.
1 - Height adjustment for dipped beam, main beam
– Turn vertical adjustment screw -1- until correct setting is at‐
tained.
Lateral adjustment of left headlight
2 - Lateral adjustment for dipped beam, main beam
– Turn lateral adjustment screw -2- until correct setting is at‐
tained.
The adjustment screws for the right headlight are a mirror image.
– After adjusting, confirm on vehicle diagnostic tester with
“Done”
– Press “GoTo” “End” buttons to exit the “Guided functions”.

4.45.3 Headlights with gas discharge bulb and


cornering light system: Adjust
Performing basic setting of headlight range control
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .
– Switch ignition on.
– Select “Guided functions”.
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
– Perform vehicle
db
yV identification. gu
ara
e nte
ris
– Select thovehicle system “Automatic headlight range control
eo cor‐
au ra
nering
ss light”. c
ce
le
un

– Mark “Perform basic setting”, and confirm with ►.


pt
an
d
itte

y li

– Now the number of faults is read, if “0” faults are found, select
erm

ab

“Done”.
ility
ot p

wit
is n

– Observe notes displayed and confirm by selecting “Done”.


h re
ole,

spec

– Switch on dipped beam and confirm with “Done”.


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Adjust headlights as follows:


Identification characteristic for headlights with cornering light sys‐
tem:
rrectness

Note
o
cial p

f inform

An additional reflector with halogen lamp for the static cornering


mer

light is located between dipped beam and turn signal.


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi

The cornering light system headlight has 4 lamps.


te

sd
iva

o
r

1. - The gas discharge bulb (for dipped beam, main beam and
p

cum
r
fo

dynamic cornering light)


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
2. - The static cornering light lamp
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3. - The turn signal lamp
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
4. - The side light lamp
AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 123


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Adjusting left headlight up to model year 2006


Lateral adjustment of left headlight
B - Lateral adjustment for dipped beam, main beam and dynamic
cornering light
– Turn lateral adjustment screw -B- until correct setting is at‐
tained.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Height adjustment of left headlight: agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
– Adjust adjustment screws -1- using a hexagon key. rised
nte
ho eo
ut
A - Height adjustment for dipped beam, main beam andss a dynamic ra
c
cornering light

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
– Turn height adjustment screw -A- until correct setting is at‐
itte

y li
tained. erm

ab
ility
ot p

The adjustment screws for the right headlight are a mirror image.

wit
is n

h re
– After adjusting, confirm on vehicle diagnostic tester with
ole,

spec
“Done”
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Press “GoTo” “End” buttons to exit the “Guided functions”.
Adjusting left headlight from model year 2007

rrectne
Height adjustment of left headlight:

ss
– Adjust adjustment screws using a hexagon key.

o
cial p

f in
1 - Height adjustment for dipped beam, main beam and dynamic

form
mer

cornering light

atio
om

– Turn vertical adjustment screw -1- until correct setting is at‐

n
c

i
or

n
tained.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
Lateral adjustment of left headlight
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

2 - Lateral adjustment for dipped beam, main beam and dynamic


t.
yi Co
op
cornering light C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Turn lateral adjustment screw -2- until correct setting is at‐
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
tained. Prote
cted AG.
agen

The adjustment screws for the right headlight are a mirror image.
– After adjusting, confirm on vehicle diagnostic tester with
“Done”
– Press “GoTo” “End” buttons to exit the “Guided functions”.

4.45.4 Adjusting headlights with halogen bulbs


Adjusting left headlight up to model year 2006
Lateral adjustment of left headlight
1 - Horizontal dipped beam adjustment
2 - Horizontal main beam adjustment
– Turn lateral dipped beam adjustment screw -1- and lateral
main beam adjustment screw -2- until the correct setting is
achieved.

124 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Height adjustment of left headlight:


1 - Vertical dipped beam and main beam adjustment
– Turn vertical adjustment screw -1- until correct setting is at‐
tained. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
Note utho or
a ac
ss
Please check also that both headlights move evenly when head‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du

light range control is operated.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
The adjustment screws for the right headlight are a mirror image.
ot p

wit
, is n

Adjusting right headlight from model year 2007

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Lateral and height adjustment for right headlight:

t to the co
1 - Height adjustment for dipped beam
2 - Horizontal dipped beam adjustment

rrectness of i
– Turn height adjustment screw -1- and lateral adjustment screw
l purpos

-2- until the correct setting is achieved.

nform
ercia

Note
m

at
om

ion
c

Please check also that both headlights move evenly when head‐
in t
or

light range control is operated.


his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

The adjustment screws for the left headlight are a mirror image.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py

4.45.5 Fog lights and other auxiliary lights: ad‐


t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
justing
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

There are two fitting location possibilities for fog lights. Firstly, the
fog light can be integrated in the headlight. Secondly, the fog light
can be fitted in the lower part of the bumper.
Fog lights in headlight:

Note

Adjustment of fog lights is performed automatically when adjust‐


ing headlights.

Fog light in bumper up to model year 2006


– Set the appropriate inclination on the headlight adjustment
unit.
• The inclination for fog lights is “2.0 %”.

Note

Percentage given is based on a projection distance of 10 metres.

4. Descriptions of work: 125


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Touareg 2003 ➤ d by
V gu
ara
e nte
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018 horis
eo
aut ra
ss c
– Remove cover -1- from fastenings in direction of arrow.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Carry out adjustment:

nf
ercia

o
1 - Height adjustment

rm
m

atio
m

– Turn height adjustment screw until correct setting is attained,


o

n in
c

using hexagon key -1-.


or

thi
te

sd
a

There is no provision for lateral adjustment.


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
Fog light in bumper up to model year 2007
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Set the appropriate inclination on the headlight adjustment C py
t. rig
unit. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
• The inclination for fog lights is “2.0%” Prote
cted AG.
agen

Note

Percentage given is based on a projection distance of 10 metres.

– Remove cover cap -arrow- to reach the adjustment screw for


fog light.

– Turn height adjustment screw until correct setting is attained,


using hexagon key -arrow-.
There is no provision for lateral adjustment.
Other additional lights
Additionally retrofitted lights of other systems must be checked
and set according to valid guidelines.

126 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.46 Sunroof: checking function, cleaning


and greasing guide rails
Carry out the following procedure:
– Check function of sunroof.
– Clean guide rails arrows and grease with lubricating paste G
060 751 A2.

4.47 Sliding sunroof drains: checking for


blockage, cleaning if necessary
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cleaning and insertion aid - VAS 6620-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
Carry out the following procedure:
s au ra
c
s
ce

– Open sliding sunroof.


e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Check sliding sunroof drain holes -arrows- for dirt and clean if
y li
erm

ab

necessary.
ility
ot p

wit

– Pour tap water into sliding sunroof drains and check if almost
, is n

h re

the same quantity of water flows out of the wheel housings.


hole

spec

If this is the case, the test is completed. If only a small quantity of


es, in part or in w

t to the co

water or no water at all flows out of the wheel housings, perform


the following procedure:
– Removing plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs,
rrectness of i

exterior; Rep. gr. 64 ; Flush bonded windows; Plenum cham‐


ber cover
l purpos

nform
ercia

Note
m

at
om

Removal and installation of plenum chamber is performed as a


on
c

in t

separate charge.
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 127


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Touareg 2003 ➤ ut
ho eo
ra
a
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018 ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– If fitted, remove cover -1- by loosening fasteners -A and B-.

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

o
– To press out dirt, guide cleaning and fitting tool - VAS 6620-

rm
onto drain valves by pushing and pulling it slowly.
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Drains -arrows- are located on the left and right side, inside
the plenum chamber.

128 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Check plenum chamber drains -arrows- for dirt and clean if


necessary.
– To check, pour tap water again through the sliding sunroof
drain holes.
Install in reverse order of removal.

4.48 Window wash/wipe system and head‐


light washer system: Checking opera‐
tion and checking for damage, if neces‐
sary replenishing fluid
Check anti-freeze protection of fluid, replenish fluid
⇒ page 129 .
Window wiper and washer system: Check spray jet settings and
adjust jets if necessary ⇒ page 131
Headlight washer system: checking spray jet settings
⇒ page 131
Washer jet adjustment for rearagwindow
en AG. V wash
olkswagesystem
n AG d
oes
⇒ page 132 Vo lksw not
g y ua
db r
Windscreen wiperoblades:
ris
e
Check park position ⇒ page 132 antee
th or
au ac
4.48.1 Anti-freeze
ss protection of fluid: checking
ce
le

and topping up fluid


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

Checking anti-freeze concentration:


ab
pe

ility
ot

Special tools and workshop equipment required


wit
, is n

h re

♦ Refractometer - T10007 A-
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r

Read precise value for the following tests at light/dark boundary.


rp

cum
fo

Using a pipette, place a drop of water on the glass to improve the


en
ng

t.
yi
readability of the light/dark boundary. The bright/dark boundary
Co
op py
can be clearly recognised on the “WATERLINE”. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 129


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Check concentration of anti-freeze additive using refractome‐


ter - T10007 A- .
The scale -4- of the refractometer is calibrated for Windscreen
Clear - G 052 164- .
Mixing ratio:

Frost protection to Windscreen Clear Water


G 052 164
-17/-18°C 1 part 3 parts
-22/-23°C 1 part 2 parts
-37/-38°C 1 part 1 part

Replenishing fluid: AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
lksw not
The fluid reservoir of the window washer system must d bybe
V filled
o gu
ara
completely. orise nte
h eo
ut ra
Starting immediately, use only “Genuine Volkswagen
ss a Wind‐ c
screen Clear” all-year-round when replenishing window wash/

ce
le
un

pt
wipe system.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Note
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ Genuine Volkswagen Windscreen Clear “G 052 164” protects

spec
the washer jets, fluid reservoir and hoses from freezing.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ For all vehicles having fan-type spray jets, the reservoir must
be filled with “Genuine Volkswagen Windscreen Clear
G 052 164”, as this fluid has a low viscosity at temperatures
rrectness of i

below freezing. Otherwise the complicated spray jet system


can become blocked by the crystallised washer fluid, which
l purpos

affects the spray pattern of the spray jet. “Genuine Volkswa‐


gen window cleaner” ensures that the fan -type washer jets
nform
ercia

remain fully functional at low temperatures.


m

♦ Use Genuine Volkswagen Windscreen Clear “G 052 164” also


a
com

tio

in the warmer periods of the year. The powerful cleanser re‐


n in
r

moves wax and oil residue from the glass.


te o

thi
s
iva

do

♦ Frost protection in the washer system must be guaranteed to


r
rp

cum

approx. -25 °C (approx. -35 °C in countries with an arctic cli‐


fo

en
ng

mate).
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

130 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

4.48.2 Window wiper and washer system:


Checking spray jet settings and adjust‐
ing jets if necessary

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
♦ If the spray field is uneven ise due to soiling in the spray jet, re‐
d b ara
nte
move spray jet ⇒ Electrical
thor
system ⇒ Rep. gr. 92 ⇒ Removing eo
and installing sprayss a jets for windscreen wash/wipe system and
u ra
c
rinse with water opposite to direction of spray.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
♦ Subsequent blowing through with compressed air against the
itte

y li
spraying direction is permitted.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Never use solid objects to clean the washer jets!

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Spray jet adjustment for window wash/wipe system:

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The spray jets are preset. However, small differences in height
may be corrected.
– If both spray fields are not at same height, adjust spray direc‐

rrectness of i
tion upwards or downwards as follows:
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

– Adjust spray jet at adjuster -1- by hand upwards or down‐


n

t.
yi Co
op
wards. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.48.3 Headlight washer system: checking


spray jet settings

Caution

Only control function of spray jets but do not adjust them.

4. Descriptions of work: 131


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
Touareg oris 2003 ➤ nte
eo
th
Maintenance
s au - Edition 03.2018 ra
c
s

ce
le
un

pt
The following jet setting figures are for the left-hand headlight

an
d
itte

(right-hand mirror image):

y li
erm

ab
ility
– Check jet setting.
ot p

wit
is n

a - 100 mm

h re
ole,

spec
b - 75 mm
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
c - 230 mm
d - 50 mm

rrectne
– Switch on dipped headlight.

s
– Operate windscreen washer system.

s o
cial p

f
The headlights are washed if the windscreen wiper lever is held

inform
in “Wipe position” for at least 1.5 seconds.
mer

atio
m

The spray jet should spray on the headlight lens, as shown in


o

n
c

illustration.

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

If spray pattern deviates from specifications, carry out repair


iv

o
pr

c
measures.

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
4.48.4 Washer jet adjustment for rear window
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
wash system:
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ The spray jet of the rear window wash system is part of the
additional brake light and cannot be adjusted.
♦ If stream of water is uneven or does not hit the wiped area,
renew additional brake light with spray jet.

Removing and installing additional light ⇒ Electrical system ⇒


Rep. gr. 94 ⇒ Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

4.48.5 Windscreen wiper blades: Checking


park position
Procedure
⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 92 ; Windscreen wiper system;
Adjusting wiper blade park position

Note

♦ Adjusting the wiper blades is a repair measure.


♦ The repair measure is carried out subject to a separate charge.

4.49 Wiper blade protection: removing


Currently there are three versions to separate the wiper blade
protection from the wiper blade or to exchange a transport wiper
arm.

132 4. Descriptions of work:


AG. Volkswagen AG d Touareg 2003 ➤
agen
olksw Maintenance
oes
not - Edition 03.2018
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
Version 1 ut
ho eo
a ra
s c
On this wiper arm, the blade protector
s is secured to the wiper arm

ce
e
with two securing clips -arrows-.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Perform the following procedure:

erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Set wipers in service position. This can be done by switching


the ignition on and off once with bonnet closed. Then operate

nform
ercia

wiper lever and the wipers will stop in service position.


m

at
om

– Take the right-hand wiper from windscreen and lift.

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

Caution

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

To prevent damage, ensure that the wiper is only touched at


n

t.
yi Co
the wiper joint and do not pull on the wiper blade. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Now remove upper securing clip upwards and lower securing


clip downwards -arrows-.

– Pull blade protector off wiper blade from bottom to top.


– Carefully place wiper arm back onto windscreen.
Carry out the same procedure for the left-hand wiper.
– Switch ignition on and briefly operate the wiper lever to move
the wipers back to park position. Switch ignition off again.
Version 2

4. Descriptions of work: 133


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

This transport wiper arm is fitted without wind deflector.


Perform the following procedure:

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
– Set wipers in service position. This can be done by switching

h re
hole

the ignition on and off once with bonnet closed. Then operate

spec
wiper lever and the wipers will stop in service position.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Take the right-hand wiper from windscreen and lift.

rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

To prevent damage, ensure that the wiper is only touched at


the wiper joint and do not pull on the wiper blade.

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
e

– Depending on version, turn the wiper arm with lip upwards and
t

sd
iva

pull off, or release wiper arm at joint -3- by pushing locking

o
r
rp

cu
device -1- into mounting -2- and pull wiper arm out.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Slide the new wiper arm into mounting and ensure that it au‐ Cop py
t. rig
dibly engages. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
Carry out the same procedure for the left-hand wiper.
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Carefully place wiper arm back onto windscreen.
– Switch ignition on and briefly operate the wiper lever to move
the wipers back to park position. Switch ignition off again.
Version 3

On this wiper arm the blade protector -arrow- is slid on the wiper
blade.
Perform the following procedure:

134 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Set wipers in service position. This can be done by switching


the ignition on and off once with bonnet closed. Then operate
wiper lever and the wipers will stop in service position. wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
– Take the right-hand wiper from windscreen andedlift.
by ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a
Caution ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
To prevent damage, ensure that the wiper is only touched at

d
itte

y li
the wiper joint and do not pull on the wiper blade.

rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Pull blade protector off wiper blade upwards.

t to the co
Carry out the same procedure for the left-hand wiper.
– Carefully place wiper arm back onto windscreen.

rrectness of i
– Switch ignition on and briefly operate the wiper lever to move
l purpos

the wipers back to park position. Switch ignition off again.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

4.50 Service interval display: resetting

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
The service interval display must be reset (adapted) during
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ delivery inspection
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Every service
.

Note

It is also possible to reset the service interval display manually. If


the SID is reset manually, it must be taken into account that the
vehicle is coded to non-flexible intervals, i.e. every 15,000 km or
12 months. This also modifies the adaptation channel for oil qual‐
ity.

– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .


– Switch on ignition.
– Touch the field or button on the screen for »GUIDED FUNC‐
TIONS«.
If the display is not as shown in the procedure ⇒ Operating in‐
structions for vehicle diagnostic tester
– Confirm with > button.
– Select one after another:
♦ Brand
♦ Model
♦ Model year
♦ Engine code
– Confirm vehicle identification.

4. Descriptions of work: 135


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Select one after another: AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
lksw not
♦ “Dash panel insert” -ARROW- d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
♦ “Resetting service interval display” ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Carry out adaption according to the information of “GUIDED

rrectness of i
FUNCTIONS”.
l purpos

Ending adaption
Indicated on display:

nform
ercia

– Press the »GoTo« button on display -arrow-.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Indicated on display: copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Press the »End« button on display -arrow-.
AG.

– Press »End« button in End menu.


– Switch off ignition and separate diagnosis connections.
– Switch on ignition.
After the ignition is switched on, the type of service is no longer
displayed in the distance display in the dash panel insert.

4.51 Service interval display: recoding


– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .
– Switch on ignition.
– Touch the field or button on the screen for “GUIDED FUNC‐
TIONS”.

Note

If the display is not as shown in the procedure ⇒ Operating in‐


structions for vehicle diagnostic tester

– Select one after another:


♦ Brand
♦ Model
♦ Model year
♦ Engine code

136 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AGMaintenance - Edition 03.2018
agen does
olksw not
– Confirm vehicle identification. yV gu
db ara
rise nte
o eo
If the vehicle identification has beenaperformed
ut
h
correctly, confirm ra
with > button. ss c

ce
le
un

pt
– Select one after another:

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ “Dash panel insert” -ARROW-

ility
ot p
♦ “Adapting service interval extension”.

wit
is n

h re
ole,
– Carry out adaption according to the information of “GUIDED

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

FUNCTIONS”.

t to the co
Ending adaption

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
Indicated on display:
om

n
c

i
– Press the »GoTo« button on display -arrow-.
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Indicated on display:
– Press the »End« button on display -arrow-.
– Press »End« button in End menu.
– Switch off ignition and separate diagnosis connections.

4.52 Track rod ends: checking clearance,


firm seating and boots
Carry out the following procedure:
– With vehicle raised (wheels hanging free), check play by mov‐
ing track rods and wheels. Clearance: zero clearance

4. Descriptions of work: 137


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Check attachment.
– Check that boots -arrow- are not damaged and are seated
correctly.

4.53 Transportation mode: switching off


– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 19 .
– Switch on ignition.
Indicated on display:
Selecting operating mode
– Press button for »Vehicle self-diagnosis« on display.

Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do


lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
If the display is not as shown in the procedure: ⇒ Operatingir se in‐
d b ran
tee
structions for diagnostic tester utho
or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Indicated on display:
pe

ility
ot

wit
– Press the button on display for “Collection services”.
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

Indicated on display:
com

tion in
r

– Press the button on display for “Switch off transportation


te o

thi
s

mode”.
iva

do
r
rp

cum

End output
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

138 4. Descriptions of work:


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
horis
eo Touareg 2003 ➤
ut
ss a Maintenance
ra
c - Edition 03.2018

ce
le
un

pt
Indicated on display:

an
d
itte

y li
rm
– Press »GoTo« button on display -arrow-.

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Indicated on display:
m

– Press the »End« button on display -arrow-.

a
com

tion in
– Press »End« button in End menu.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Switch off ignition.

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Note Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
The vehicle diagnostic tester must probably remain connected for
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
further tests.
agen
Prote AG.

4.54 Greasing door arrester


Carry out the following procedure:
– Grease door arrester at points shown -arrows-.
Use lubricating paste - G 000 150- .

4.55 Elastic drive coupling and freewheel


disc: Renew

Note

Always renew elastic drive coupling and freewheel disc together.

For alternator drive (5-cylinder unit injector TDI engines)


– ⇒ Electrical system ⇒ Rep. gr. 27 ⇒ Alternator, Removing
and installing freewheel disc .
For air conditioning compressor drive (5-cylinder unit injector TDI
engines)
– ⇒ Electrical system ⇒ Rep. gr. 87 ⇒ Air conditioner com‐
pressor, Removing and installing mounting with freewheel

4. Descriptions of work: 139


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
4.56 Underbody: inspecting for damage to Vo gu
d by ara
ise nte
underbody sealant, underbody panels, or eo
h
aut ra
routing of lines, plugs ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
During inspection, also check floor pan, wheel housings and sills. itte

y li
erm

ab
Always ensure that all lines are secured in their mountings, all

ility
ot p

plugs are available and that there is no visible damage on the

wit
, is n

underbody.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Note

t to the co
Faults found must always be rectified (repair measure). This in‐

rrectness of i
hibits corrosion and rusting through.
l purpos

4.57 Setting time, language and units: On


display of dash panel insert

nform
mercia

♦ Time: The time can be set here and the choice can be made

at
om

io
between the 12 and 24 hour display.

n
c

in t
or

his
e

♦ Language: The language for the dash panel insert can be set
at

do
riv

here.
p

cum
for

en
g

♦ Units: The units of measurement for temperature, consump‐


n

t.
yi Co
tion and pressure figures can be set here. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
4.57.1 Dash panel insert Highline (one-colour
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
display):
agen
Prote AG.

Operating the menus is done either with the control elements in


the windscreen wiper lever, or with the control elements of the
multi-function steering wheel.
1) Operation via wiper lever:
– Press rocker switch -B- for longer than 2 seconds, until the
main menu is displayed.
– Press the rocker switch up or down until the menu point “CON‐
VENIENCE SET-UP” is shown marked in the display.
The main menu “CONVENIENCE SET-UP” has the following
functions, e.g.: “Lights”, “Speed warning”, “Time”, “Convenience”,
“Language”, “Units”, “Reset”.
– Press button -A- several times until the corresponding menu
is called up.
Use the button and the rocker switch to operate all other menus
in the dash panel insert.
2) Operation via multifunction steering wheel:

140 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Operate (press) button -1- or button -3- to change the menus,


and to select (turn) knurled wheel -2-.
– Press button -1- or button -3- until the menu point “CONVEN‐
IENCE SET-UP” is shown marked.
The main menu “CONVENIENCE SET-UP” has the following
functions, e.g.: “Lights”, “Speed warning”, “Time”, “Convenience”,
“Language”, “Units”, “Reset”. Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
Turn knurled wheel -2- until the menu point
olks to be selected is
w not
yV gu
shown. se
d b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
– Press knurled wheel. The selected
au
t menu is called up. ra
c
ss
Example setting clock, via multifunction steering wheel:

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Switch on ignition.

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Press button -1- to activate function in menu selection in dis‐

wit
is n

play of dash panel insert.

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

– Use knurled wheel -2- to select menu item “Time”.

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

When menu item “Time” is marked in display -1-, confirm selection


iv

o
pr

by pressing knurled wheel. cum


r
fo

en
ng

t.
– Using knurled wheel, set time as well as 12 or 24-hour display.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Note
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

If the clock is located in the rev. counter, the clock can be set via
a setting knob below the rev. counter.

4.57.2 Dash panel insert Premium (colour dis‐


play)

Note

Ambient temperature, time and odometer are displayed continu‐


ously in the colour display.

Operation with multi-function steering wheel:

4. Descriptions of work: 141


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Operate (press) button -1- or button -3- to change the menus,


and to select (turn) knurled wheel -2-.
– Press button -1- or button -3- until the menu point “CONVEN‐
IENCE SET-UP” is shown marked.
The main menu “CONVENIENCE SET-UP” has the following
functions, e.g.: “Lights”, “Speed warning”, “Time”, “Convenience”,
“Language”, “Units”, “Reset”.
Turn knurled wheel -2- until the menu point to be selected is
shown.
– Press knurled wheel. The selected menu is called up.

4.58 Transfer box and front and rear final


drive: Checking oil level, replenishing if
necessary
Procedure: »Power transmission, transfer box and final drive« ⇒
Power transmission, transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 34 ;
Checking gear oil in transfer box »Checking gear oil in transfer
box«
Procedure: »Power transmission, transfer box and final drive« ⇒
Power transmission, transfer box and final drive; Rep. gr. 39 ;
Checking gear oil in front/rear final drive »Checking gear oil in
front/rear final drive«

4.59 Toothed belt for camshaft drive: renew‐


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
ing (8-cylinder petrol engines)
yV
olksw oes
not
gu b ara
ed
– Carry out procedure ⇒ 8-cylinderthinjection
or
is engine ⇒ Rep. gr. nte
e or
15 ⇒ Cylinder head s au ac
s
ce
le

4.60 Spark plugs: renewing


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

Spark plugs: renewing on 6-cylinder engine ⇒ page 144


rm

ab
pe

ility

Spark plugs: renewing on 8-cylinder engine ⇒ page 146


ot

wit
, is n

h re

Spark plugs: renewing on 12-cylinder engine ⇒ page 148


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Note

♦ Spark plug designation and torque setting ⇒ Power unit ⇒


rrectness of i

Rep. gr. 28 ⇒ Ignition system, test data


l purpos

♦ Please observe disposal instructions!


nform
ercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required


m

a
com

♦ Spark plug socket - 3122B-


ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

142 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331/-

♦ Assembly tool - T10118- for 6-cylinder engine

♦ Puller - T10095 A- for 6-cylinder engine


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Puller - T40039- for 8-cylinder engine


rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 143


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Spring-type clip pliers - VAS 6499-

4.60.1 Vehicles with 6-cylinder petrol engine


Removing: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Carry out the following procedure: d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
– Unclip engine cover panels ut
h -1- and -2- and remove upwards.
o eo
ra
s a c
Release connection locking device:
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

– Apply tool T10118 to connection locking device -arrow- and


l purpos

carefully pull upwards until connection locking device relea‐


ses.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Pull off connectors -1...6- for ignition coils with output stage
AG.

upwards.

Note

Before pulling off, note positions of ignition coils with output


stages relative to connectors.

144 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

The flat side of the connector must align with the flat side of igni‐
tion coil with output stage -arrows-.

– Slide puller T10095/a from the flat side of the connector in di‐
rection of arrow onto ignition coil with output stage.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Pull out ignition coil with output ustage
tho
upwards vertically. eo
ra
s a c
s
– Unscrew spark plugs using spark plug socket - 3122B- .

ce
le
un

pt
an
Installing:
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

– Screw in new spark plugs using spark plug socket and exten‐
s

sion 3122 B.
s o
cial p

f inform
mer

Note
atio
om

n
c

Observe specified torque!


i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 145


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Carefully set ignition coils with output stages onto spark plugs
by hand so that the flat sides of connectors align -arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Reconnect connectors -1...6-.

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

– Install engine cover panels -1- and -2-.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.60.2 Vehicles with 8-cylinder petrol engine


Removing:
– Pull out dipstick.
– Remove bracket for left engine cover -1-.
– Unscrew bolts and retaining pin for engine cover -arrows-.

146 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Press connection locking device -arrows- in direction of arrow and


pull connectors -A- off ignition coils with output stage.

Note

Before pulling off connectors, note positions of ignition coils with


output stages relative to connectors and mark if necessary.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Pull out ignition coils with output stages in direction of arrow

wit
, is n

using puller - T40039- .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
– Unscrew spark plugs using spark plug socket - 3122B- .
or c

thi
te

Installing:

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Screw in new spark plugs using spark plug socket and exten‐
sion 3122 B.

Note

Observe specified torque! Current values ⇒ Power unit ⇒ Rep.


gr. 28 ⇒ Ignition system, test data

– Push on ignition coils with output stages turning slightly. They


must be felt to engage.

4. Descriptions of work: 147


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
– Push on connectors -A- so that they engage. rise
d
nte
tho eo
u
– Install left bracket for engine cover -1-
ss aand tighten to 10 Nm. ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n
4.60.3 Vehicles with 12-cylinder petrol engine

thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

c
Removing:

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove engine cover panels.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Loosen clips -1- and -2- using spring-type clip pliers - VAS
ht
pyri by
Vo
6499- and pull off intake hose.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull off connector -1-.

148 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Pull off hose -1-.

– Remove bolts -1- and -2- and carefully pull off intake manifold
side part.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Remove bonded rubber seal -3-.
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

– Disconnect connectors -1- at ignition coils with output stages


rm
m

-2-.
atio
om

n in
c

– Note installation position of ignition coils with final output


or

thi
e

stages.
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Carefully pull out ignition coils -2-.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Descriptions of work: 149


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
– Unscrew spark plugs using spark plug sockety V- o3122
lks B- . ot g
ua
b
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Note au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du
♦ Spark plug designation and torque setting ⇒ Power unit ⇒

an
itte

y li
Rep. gr. 28 ⇒ Ignition system, test data

erm

ab
ility
ot p
♦ Please observe disposal instructions!

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Carry out the following procedure:

spec
es, in part or in w

Installing:

t to the co
– Screw in new spark plugs using spark plug socket and exten‐

rrectness of i
sion - 3122 B- .
l purpos

– Push on ignition coils with output stage turning slightly, they


must be felt to engage.

nform
ercia

Note location.
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Push on connectors -1- so that they engage. yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Reinstall intake manifold side part -2-.

Note

Renew seal -3-.

– When installing ensure that the seal -3- lies in the guide pins
-1-.

150 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Tighten bolts -1- and -2- to 8 Nm.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Push on connector -1-.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Connect hose -1-.

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Secure intake hose with clips -1- and -2- using spring-type clip
pliers - VAS 6499- .
– Install engine cover panels.

4.61 Static cornering light (cornering light)


and driving light assist: check function.
Static cornering light
– Switch on ignition and dipped beam.
– Turn steering wheel from centre position one turn to the right
and check if cornering light bulb lights up in the right headlight.

4. Descriptions of work: 151


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Repeat this procedure for the left side.


Driving light assist
• Prerequisite: The test can only be carried out in daylight.
– Turn light switch to position for driving light assist.
During daylight, the headlights should not light up.
– Cover rain/light sensor, behind windscreen near interior rear
view mirror, from outside by hand or with a suitable object.
This measures the light incidence and both headlights are switch‐
ed on.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

152 4. Descriptions of work:


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

5 Exhaust emissions test

Note

♦ Please observe the country specific legal regulations.


♦ The following exhaust emissions test description is applicable
only in countries where no specific exhaust emission regula‐
tions have to be adhered
agen
AG.to.
Volkswagen AG
do
ksw es n
Vol ot g
by ua
Exhaust emissions
ris
ed test for petrol engines ⇒ page 153 ran
tee
tho o
Exhaust
ss
auemissions test for diesel engines ⇒ page 155 r ac

ce
e

Exhaust emissions test for diesel engines with OBD


nl

pt
du

an
⇒ page 162
itte

y li
erm

ab
5.1 Exhaust emissions test for petrol en‐

ility
ot p

wit
gines
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Special tools and workshop equipment required
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Exhaust gas testing station L - VAS 7320 A-

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

♦ The following description refers to vehicles fitted with “On‐


board diagnosis” OBD.
nf
ercia

♦ The OBD monitors all components and part systems influenc‐


rm
m

ing the exhaust emissions quality.


atio
om

n in
c

♦ It is possible to carry out an exhaust emissions test only when


or

thi
e

all units of the emissions testing station are connected prop‐


t

sd
iva

erly and joined to each other according to the operating in‐


o
r
rp

cu

structions.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ All work to be performed is displayed by the emissions testing
Cop py
station .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Conditions for testing Prote AG.

• All test conditions and data required for exhaust emissions test
are found on EET data sheet for the respective engine.
• For bar code reading the EET data sheet must be printed out.
• Automatic gearbox: selector lever in position “P” or “N”.
• Manual gearbox: gear lever in neutral
• Parking brake applied
• 12V battery fully charged (if battery charge is too low, raise
idling speed if necessary).
– Perform exhaust emissions test according to instructions on
display.
Vehicle data input
– Enter the following data:
♦ Registration number
♦ Key numbers
♦ Vehicle identification number
♦ Fuel type

5. Exhaust emissions test 153


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ Mileage
The following vehicle data can be found in the vehicle registration
certificate part 1:
♦ Registration number: “e.g. WOB-HH 1234”
♦ Emission key number “Field 14.1 (code for field 14)”
♦ Vehicle manufacturer: “Field 2”, “Field 2.1 (code for field 2)”
♦ Vehicle identification number “field E”
♦ Type and version “Field D2 (type only)”, “Field 2.2 (code for
field D.2)”
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Specified data input for EET agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
There are different ways to enter the specified data: rise
d
nte
tho eo
u
♦ 1. By manual input ss a ra
c

ce
le
♦ 2. By bar code input from EET data sheet un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
♦ 3. Through ELSA web service
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Note

h re
hole

spec
♦ To use the ELSA web service, the exhaust gas testing station
es, in part or in w

t to the co
L which is used for the exhaust emissions test must be inte‐
grated in the workshop network.
♦ The ELSA web service automatically transmits the data for the

rrectness of i
specific vehicle via the network to the respective mask.
l purpos

Manual specified data input for EET:

nform
mercia

a
Note
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
All test conditions and data required for exhaust emissions test

s
iva

can be found in the ⇒ Data sheets for exhaust emissions test for

do
r
rp

c
respective engine.

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Perform manual data input according to instructions on dis‐
C py
t. rig
gh
play.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Enter displayed values on EET data sheet in column “Test
agen
Prote AG.
values for exhaust emissions test” on display as follows:
1- Test speed (idling speed)
2- Warm-up phase for catalytic converter
3- Engine temperature
4- Increased idling speed
5- CO content at increased idling speed
6- Lambda at increased idling speed
7- Idling speed
8- Select regulating probe type; either “Step-type probe” or
“Broad-band probe”.
9- Lambda probe value
Specified data input for EET as bar code:
– If specified data for EET are available as bar code, read bar
code of EET data sheet with bar code reader.

154 5. Exhaust emissions test


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

All data required are shown on display.


Inspection
– Inspect all exhaust emissions relevant components.
– Check if exhaust system is fitted and complete and check for
leaks and damage.
Procedure
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Follow instructions from exhaust gasoltesting
ksw
ag station . does
not
yV gu
db ara
5.2 Exhaust emissions
tho
ris
e
test for diesel en‐ nte
eo
gines au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

The test sequence is designed for the test with test unit combi‐

pt
du

an
itte

nation for the emissions test.

y li
erm

ab
Special tools and workshop equipment required

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

♦ Diesel tester - V.A.G 1743-

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

♦ Engine speed adapter - VAS 5087 A-


sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ or
♦ Engine speed adapter - VAS 6296-

♦ Data reader - V.A.G 1798-

5. Exhaust emissions test 155


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

♦ or
♦ Data reader - V.A.G 1799-
♦ ⇒ Data sheets for exhaust emissions test

Note

♦ All test conditions and data required for exhaust emissions test
⇒ Data sheets for exhaust emissions test.
♦ If possible, the test should be completed outdoors following a
road test. If this is not possible for various reasons (weather,
excessive noise in residential areas), then the test can be car‐
ried out in a workshop.
♦ To reduce noise levels, the bonnet should be closed on first
catch during tests.

Carrying out visual check of components influencing emissions


– Performing visual check for:
♦ Installation
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Completeness lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
♦ Leakage rised ara
nte
ho eo
♦ Damage aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Note
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Faults found are to be rectified.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Test prerequisites

spec
es, in part or in w

• Engine temperature at least 80 °C

t to the co
• No fault stored in event memory
Connecting test units rrectness of i
l purpos

Connect diesel tester - V.A.G 1743- according to operating in‐


structions.
nform
ercia

Description, measuring process, function, setting up and opera‐


tion see ⇒ V.A.G 1743 operating instructions
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

Note
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

♦ The engine speed adapter - VAS 5087 A- or the engine speed


fo

en
g

adapter - VAS 6296- can be used instead of the TDC sender,


n

t.
yi Co
op
for engines where the hole of the TDC sender cannot be C py
ht. rig
reached or cannot be reached easily or is large. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ It is not possible to use the diesel tester pick-up clamp (for cted agen
Prote AG.
cylinder 1).

156 5. Exhaust emissions test


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Connect engine speed adapter - VAS 5087 A- with ignition


switched off as follows: gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
Note ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
♦ Follow operating instructions for engine speed adapter - VAS

ce
e
nl

pt
5087 A- !

du

an
itte

y li
erm
♦ Strictly follow the safety precautions in the operating instruc‐

ab
ility
tions!
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
– Connect adapter cable - VAS 1587/3- from output connector
hole

spec
of engine speed adapter - VAS 5087 A- to pick-up clamp input
es, in part or in w

of diesel tester - V.A.G 1743- .

t to the co
– Turn switch for number of cylinders to respective number of
cylinders.

rrectness of i
– Connect a cable from adapter - VAS 5087/1- to engine speed
l purpos

adapter - VAS 5087 A- (socket VAS 5087/1).

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Exhaust emissions test 157


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

– Using the other wires from adapter - VAS 5087/1- make a


connection to the vehicle battery, by connecting:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Red clamp on positive agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
♦ Black clamp on negative. rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ When using the engine speed adapter - VAS 5087 A- press

erm

ab
button “Start”. The red signal lamp must flash for approx. 10

ility
ot p
seconds. Then the green signal lamp must light up.

wit
, is n

h re
♦ The engine speed must now be displayed on ignition tester -
hole

spec
V.A.G 1767- . es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ If the engine speed is displayed incorrectly or not at all ⇒ Op‐
erating instructions for VAS 5087

rrectness of i
Test sequence
l purpos

– Start engine and run it at idling speed.


– Press F2 for “EET diesel” on data reader.

nform
mercia

If this message appears on the display:

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

Please insert vehicle identity card!!

his
e

Manual input with -> button


at

do
priv

c
– Enter vehicle identification data as follows, using data reader

um
for

en
keyboard:
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Registration number t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Vehicle manufacturer = “NO. 2”
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Key number = “to NO. 2”
♦ Vehicle type = “NO. 3”
♦ Key number = “to NO. 3” (the first 3 digits)
♦ For vehicle identification number = “NO. 4”
♦ Engine code
♦ Mileage
– Confirm entry of vehicle identification data by pressing Q but‐
ton.
Check input with -> button
Continue with Q button

– Confirm entry of vehicle identification data with Q button.


If this message appears on the display:
Read bar code
Manual input with the -> button

– Enter specifications using bar code reader of data reader, to


do this slide bar code reader over respective bar code of data
sheet in “Exhaust emissions test” binder.
or
– Carry out entry by hand following instructions on data reader
display by pressing the → button.
If this message appears on the display:
Check input with the -> button
Continue with the Q button

158 5. Exhaust emissions test


Touareg 2003 ➤
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
olksw not
y V gu
db ara
– Confirm vehicle data enteredrior
se read using Q button. nte
tho eo
u ra
If this message appears onssthe
a display: c

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Visual check OK = y Not OK = n

an
itte

y li
erm
– Enter result of visual check.

ab
ility
ot p
If this message appears on the display:

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
F1 Temperature measurement with sensor
F2 Enter temp. measurement manually
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Press F1 button for “Temperature measurement with sensor”.
– If engine oil temperature has reached 80 °C, pull out measur‐

rrectness of i
ing sensor and push dipstick in until stop.
l purpos

– Continue test sequence by pressing the Q button.


If this message appears on the display:

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
Idling speed ->
m

Speed ACT. xxxx rpm SPEC. xxxx rpm


o

n in
or c

– Press → button.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

Idling speed not within specified range:


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Note
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
The idling speed and maximum speed can be checked but not cted agen
Prote AG.
adjusted.

– If the values are not within specified range, a repair must be


made.
– Continue test sequence by pressing the Q button.
If this message appears on the display:
Rev limit 5 sec.
Speed ACT. xxxx rpm SPEC. xxxx..xxxx rpm

– Depress accelerator pedal fully and hold for specified time.

WARNING

If the rev limit is exceeded, lift off accelerator pedal immediately


and perform repair measures.

If this message appears on the display:


Rev limit ->
Speed ACT. xxxx rpm SPEC. xxxx..xxxx rpm

– Release accelerator pedal.


– Check actual figure, to do this switch further the actual display
using → button.
Rev limit not within specified range:
– If the values are not within specified range, a repair must be
made.
– Continue test sequence by pressing the Q button.

5. Exhaust emissions test 159


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

If this message appears on the display:


Idling speed 1st measurement 15 sec
Speed ACT. xxxx rpm SPEC. xxx...xxxx rpm

– The data reader accepts the actual figures within 15 seconds.


If this message appears on the display:
Data transfer to diesel tester
Depress accelerator quickly

– Depress accelerator pedal fully and hold.


If this message appears on the display:
Data transfer to diesel tester
Neutral accel. running

– Continue to depress and hold accelerator pedal.


If this message appears on the display:
Idling speed 2nd measurement 15 sec
Speed ACT. xxxx rpm SPEC. xxx...xxxx rpm

– Release accelerator pedal.


The data reader accepts the actual figures within 15 seconds.
If this message appears on the display:
Data transfer to diesel tester
Depress accelerator quickly

– Depress accelerator pedal fully and hold. AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
ksw
If this message appears on the display: by Vol not
gu
ara
d
rise nte
Data transfer to diesel tester tho eo
Neutral accel. running au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

– Continue to depress and hold accelerator pedal.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
If this message appears on the display:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Idling speed 3rd measurement 15 sec
, is n

Speed ACT. xxxx rpm SPEC. xxx...xxxx rpm

h re
hole

spec
– Release accelerator pedal.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The data reader accepts the actual figures within 15 seconds.
If this message appears on the display:
rrectness of i

Data transfer to diesel tester


l purpos

Depress accelerator quickly

– Depress accelerator pedal fully and hold.


nf
ercia

If this message appears on the display:


rm
m

atio
om

n in

Data transfer to diesel tester


or c

Neutral accel. running


thi
te

sd
a

– Continue to depress and hold accelerator pedal.


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

If this message appears on the display:


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Idling speed 4th measurement 15 sec t. rig
gh ht
Speed ACT. xxxx rpm SPEC. xxx...xxxx rpm pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Release accelerator pedal.
agen
Prote AG.

The data reader accepts the actual figures within 15 seconds.

160 5. Exhaust emissions test


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018
AG. Volkswagen AG d
If this message appears on the display: ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
d ara
Data transfer to diesel tester
rise nte
Depress accelerator quickly
tho eo
au ra
s c
– Depress accelerator pedal fully and hold. s

ce
le
un

pt
If this message appears on the display:

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Data transfer to diesel tester

ot p
Neutral accel. running

wit
is n

h re
– Continue to depress and hold accelerator pedal.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

If this message appears on the display:

t to the co
Highest opacity figure ->
ACT. x.xx rpm SPEC. x...x.xx rpm

rrectne
– Release accelerator pedal.

s
– Press → button.

s o
cial p

f i
If this message appears on the display:

nform
mer

atio
Average opacity figure ->
om

ACT. x.xx rpm SPEC. x...x.xx rpm

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

– Press → button.
t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
If the following is indicated on display:

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Opacity band width -> Cop py
ACT. x.xx rpm SPEC. x...x.xx rpm t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Press → button.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
If the following is indicated on display:
Test OK Continue with Q button
Repeat test with F1 button

– Press Q button.

Note

♦ If this message appears on the display:


♦ Press F1 button and repeat test or carry out repair measures.
Test n.OK Continue with Q button
Repeat test with F1 button

If this message appears on the display:


Enter remarks with -> button
Continue with the Q button

– Enter remarks if necessary after pressing the → button.


– Press Q button.
If this message appears on the display:
Select tester / manual input F3
F1 XXXXX F2 XXXXX

– Select tester or enter name using F1 to F3 buttons.


– Press Q button, wait for log print-out.
– Press → button.
– End test by pressing the F2 button.

5. Exhaust emissions test 161


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

5.3 Exhaust emissions test for diesel en‐


gines with OBD
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Exhaust gas testing station L - VAS 7320 A-

Note

♦ The following description refers to vehicles fitted with “On‐


board diagnosis” OBD.
♦ The OBD monitors all components and part systems influenc‐
ing the exhaust emissions quality.
♦ It is possible to carry out an exhaust emissions test only when
all units of the emissions testing station are connected prop‐
erly and joined to each other according to the operating in‐
structions.
♦ All work to be performed is displayed by the emissions testing
station . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
Conditions for testing rised ara
nte
tho eo
• All test conditions and data required for exhaust
s auemissions test ra
c
are found on EET data sheet for the respective engine.
s

ce
le
un

pt
• For bar code reading of specified data for EET, the EET data

an
d
itte

y li
sheet must be printed out.
rm

ab
pe

ility
• Automatic gearbox: selector lever in position “P” or “N”.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
• Manual gearbox: gear lever in neutral
hole

spec
• Parking brake applied
es, in part or in w

t to the co
• 12V battery fully charged (if battery charge is too low, raise
idling speed if necessary).

rrectness of i
– Perform exhaust emissions test according to instructions on
display.
l purpos

Vehicle data input


nform
ercia

– Enter the following data:


m

♦ Registration number
com

tion in
r

♦ Key numbers
te o

thi
s
iva

do

♦ Vehicle identification number


r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

♦ Fuel type
n

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Mileage
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
The following vehicle data can be found in the vehicle registration
o
by c lksw
cted agen
certificate part 1: Prote AG.

♦ Registration number: “e.g. WOB-HH 1234”


♦ Emission key No. “field 14.1 (code for field 14)”
♦ Vehicle manufacturer: “Field 2”, “Field 2.1 (code for field 2)”
♦ Vehicle identification number “field E”
♦ Type and version “Field D2 (type only)”, “Field 2.2 (code for
field D.2)”
♦ Nominal speed “field P4”

162 5. Exhaust emissions test


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Specified data input for EET agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
There are different ways to enter the specified
d by V
data: gu
ara
rise nte
♦ 1. By manual input autho eo
ra
ss c
♦ 2. By bar code input from EET data sheet

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
♦ 3. Through ELSA web service

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
Note
, is n

h re
hole

spec
♦ If there is no ESP to deactivate the engine speed limiter, the
es, in part or in w

rev limit can be measured using the engine speed limited by

t to the co
the control unit. To do this, all the EET specifications must be
entered manually.

rrectness of i
♦ To use the ELSA web service, the exhaust gas testing station
L which is used for the exhaust emissions test must be inte‐
l purpos

grated in the workshop network.


♦ The ELSA web service automatically transmits the data for the

nform
ercia

specific vehicle via the network to the respective mask (ex‐


ception: nominal speed can only be entered manually).
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

Manual specified data input for EET:

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
Note
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ See ⇒ Data sheets for exhaust emissions test of the respective
gh ht
yri by
engine for the requisite test conditions and data for the emis‐
cop Vo
by lksw
sions test.
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ The nominal speed is located in field P4 of the registration


certificate part 1 or field 7 of the vehicle document and must
always be entered manually.
♦ If the engine speed limiter cannot be deactivated, enter the
value 2500 ± 200 rpm in the box for rev limit and 2500 in the
box for engine speed for conditioning.

– Perform manual data input according to instructions on dis‐


play.
– Enter displayed values on EET data sheet in column “Test
values for exhaust emissions test” on display as follows:
1- Speed for conditioning
2- Number of throttle bursts for conditioning
3- Engine oil temperature (min. value)
4- Select engine oil temperature measurement procedure
5- Idling speed
6- Governed speed
7- Nominal speed (registration certification part 1, vehicle
document)
8- Governed speed measuring period (1 second)
9- Type plate value ⇒ page 164
10 - Select probe type (No. of probe)
11 - Select measuring mode
12 - Measured period portion

5. Exhaust emissions test 163


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Note

♦ When performing the exhaust emissions test, the respective


engineer must always use the vehicle-specific exhaust emis‐
sions limit value indicated on the type plate.
♦ If no value is indicated on the type plate, the opacity figure
specified by the manufacturer and indicated in ELSA must be
used.
♦ If no value is indicated on the type plate and no opacity figure
has been specified by the manufacturer, the statutory opacity
figures (2.5 m -1 or 1.5 m -1, depending on date of initial reg‐
istration) must be used.
♦ For all Euro-6-vehicles an opacity figure of max. 0.5 m -1 ap‐
plies.

Specified data input for EET as bar code:


– If specified data for EET are available as bar code, read bar
code of EET data sheet with bar code reader.
The nominal speed can only be entered manually.
If the opacity figure on the EET data sheet is different from the swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
value indicated on the type plate, enter the type plate valueby V man‐
olk not
gu
ually. ris
ed ara
nt ee
tho or
Inspection s au ac
s

ce
e

– Inspect all exhaust emissions relevant components.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Check if exhaust system is fitted and complete and check for

y li
erm

ab
leaks and damage.

ility
ot p

wit
Procedure
, is n

h re
hole

– Follow instructions from exhaust gas testing station .

spec
es, in part or in w

Evaluation

t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

If the exhaust emissions test was performed at governed speed,


the log note “governed speed <90 % of the nominal speed (idle
speed control)” is entered in the log.
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

164 5. Exhaust emissions test


Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

6 Glossary
wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e
ks s no
Vol t
These explanations
d b only apply to “Maintenance Manual”.
y gu
ara They
rise
are not necessarily generally valid! nte
ho et or
au ac
Term ss Explanation

ce
e
nl

pt
du

ABS Anti-lock brake system: the ABS is a regulating system in the brake system, that pre‐

an
itte

vents locking when braking. This helps to maintain directional stability and steerability.

y li
erm

ab
ility
AUS 32 Abbreviation for “aqueous urea solution” with an urea concentration of 32.5 %, see also
ot p

(AdBlue®) ⇒ page 165

wit
, is n

h re
AdBlue® Is an invented name.
hole

spec
This fluid is also called “NOx reducing agent AUS 32”, “AUS 32” or “Diesel Exhaust Fluid”
es, in part or in w

in the USA

t to the co
AdBlue® is a clear aqueous urea solution which is used for exhaust treatment to reduce
nitrogen oxides emissions and particulates.
AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the VDA (Verband der Automobilindustrie - Ger‐

rrectness of i
man Association of the Automotive Industry) in the USA, Germany, the European Union
and other countries.
l purpos

The AdBlue urea solution is not mixed with diesel fuel, but is carried in a separate tank
in the vehicle.

nform
ercia

ATF Automatic transmission fluid: gear oil for automatic gearboxes.


m

at
ATF level Filling level of ATF in gearbox
om

ion
c

in t
CO Carbon monoxide is produced when fuels containing carbon are not combusted com‐
or

his
e

pletely.
at

do
priv

CN Cetane number: measurement unit for ignition quality of diesel fuel


um
for

en
ng

DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V (German Institute for Standardization)
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Part no. Abbreviation for part number
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
EN European standard
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
EOBD European On-Board Diagnosis
AG.

FAME Fatty acid methyl ester


FSI Fuel stratified injection: fuel stratified and homogeneous fuel injection
TFSI Turbo fuel stratified injection
TSI From model year 2008 the designation TFSI is replaced by TSI. Therefore the desig‐
nation TSI is given to TSI turbocharger and TSI twincharger.
TSI turbocharger: charging only with turbocharger
TSI twincharger: charging with turbocharger and compressor
MIL Malfunction indicator light: American designation for exhaust emissions warning lamp
K83
OBD Onboard diagnosis: the OBD monitors all components influencing the exhaust emis‐
sions quality.
OBD-II American onboard diagnosis
Unit injector Unit injector for diesel engines
PR No. Abbreviation for production control number. Identifies among other things optional
equipment and country-specific deviations
PM Particulate matter: soot particulate value for diesel engine emissions
QG0 Vehicles are “not” factory-fitted with components for LongLife service. For maintenance,
the intervals based on time and distance (non-flexible intervals) apply.
QG1 Vehicles are factory-fitted with active LongLife service. This means vehicles have a
flexible service interval display and are fitted with the following components:
♦ Flexible service interval display in dash panel insert
♦ Engine oil level sensor
♦ Brake lining wear indicator

6. Glossary 165
Touareg 2003 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 03.2018

Term Explanation
QG2 The LongLife service is not factory-activated. This means vehicles have a non-flexible
service interval display (time and distance dependent service intervals) and are fitted
with the following components:
♦ Non-flexible service interval display in dash panel insert
♦ Engine oil level sensor
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Brake lining wear indicator agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
QG3 rise
The LongLife service is not factory-activated. This means vehicles have aenon-flexible
nte
tho
service interval display (timeau and distance dependent service intervals) andor
aare
c fitted
ss
with the following components:

ce
e
♦ Non-flexible service interval display in dash panel insert
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Brake lining wear indicator
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Readiness code 8-digit binary code which indicates if all exhaust relevant diagnoses have been per‐

wit
, is n

formed by the engine management.

h re
hole

spec
RON Research octane number: measurement unit of the knock resistance of petrol
es, in part or in w

t to the co
SAE Society of automotive engineers: association which creates proposals and guidelines
for implementing legal requirements (e.g. standards)
SCR With the SCR process (selective catalytic reduction) the noxious nitrogen oxides emis‐

rrectness of i
sions are reduced to a great extent and are converted to steam and nitrogen by the urea
solution.
l purpos

A special urea solution (AdBlue®) is injected into the exhaust system upstream of a
special catalytic converter.

nf
ercia

SD Naturally aspirated diesel engine

orm
m

atio
SDI Naturally aspirated diesel engine - direct injection
om

n in
c

TDI Turbo diesel engine - direct injection


or

thi
te

sd
a

DP Distributor injection pump


iv

o
r
rp

cu
ULEV Ultra low emission vehicle
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
ESI Extended service interval
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Common rail Refers to a common high-pressure injection line (rail), which supplies all cylinders of the gh ht
yri by
relevant cylinder bank with fuel. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
LongLife service The LongLife service enables extremely long inspection or oil change intervals, de‐
AG.

pending on individual driving style and conditions under which the vehicle is used. For
the LongLife service a special engine oil is required.
Step-type probe Also called finger probe (LPH lambda probe heating), (FLP flat lambda probe) or planar
lambda probe. The voltage of the output signal of the lambda probe jumps rapidly. The
lambda probe value is determined by a change in voltage. The probe is used as after
catalytic converter probe.
Broad-band probe Also called ULP probe (universal lambda probe). The voltage of the output of the lambda
probe nearly increases linear. The lambda probe value is determined by a change in
voltage. This enables to measure the lambda probe value via a larger measuring range
(broad band). The probe is used as before catalytic converter probe.
TPMS, TPLI Tyre pressure monitoring, tyre monitor display
Additive This fluid enables to attain the ignition temperature required to burn soot particles in
diesel particulate filters, which are installed at some distance from the engine.
Ash mass Is the mass which remains in the filter as waste product, when soot particles are burnt
or by regeneration of the diesel particulate filter. The permissible ash mass must be read
with diagnostic tester and is the criteria for changing the DPF.

166 6. Glossary

You might also like